Page MenuHome GnuPG
Files F34123405

No OneTemporary
Actions

View Options

This file is larger than 256 KB, so syntax highlighting was skipped.
diff --git a/doc/gpg.texi b/doc/gpg.texi
index 203f3339f..b69f39fe9 100644
--- a/doc/gpg.texi
+++ b/doc/gpg.texi
@@ -1,4819 +1,4821 @@
@c Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
@c 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c This is part of the GnuPG manual.
@c For copying conditions, see the file gnupg.texi.
@include defs.inc
@node Invoking GPG
@chapter Invoking GPG
@cindex GPG command options
@cindex command options
@cindex options, GPG command
@c Begin standard stuff
@ifclear gpgtwohack
@manpage gpg.1
@ifset manverb
.B gpg
\- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
@end ifset
@mansect synopsis
@ifset manverb
.B gpg
.RB [ \-\-homedir
.IR dir ]
.RB [ \-\-options
.IR file ]
.RI [ options ]
.I command
.RI [ args ]
@end ifset
@end ifclear
@c End standard stuff
@c Begin gpg2 hack stuff
@ifset gpgtwohack
@manpage gpg2.1
@ifset manverb
.B gpg2
\- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool
@end ifset
@mansect synopsis
@ifset manverb
.B gpg2
.RB [ \-\-homedir
.IR dir ]
.RB [ \-\-options
.IR file ]
.RI [ options ]
.I command
.RI [ args ]
@end ifset
@end ifset
@c End gpg2 hack stuff
@mansect description
@command{@gpgname} is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It
is a tool to provide digital encryption and signing services using the
OpenPGP standard. @command{@gpgname} features complete key management and
all the bells and whistles you would expect from a full OpenPGP
implementation.
There are two main versions of GnuPG: GnuPG 1.x and GnuPG 2.x. GnuPG
2.x supports modern encryption algorithms and thus should be preferred
over GnuPG 1.x. You only need to use GnuPG 1.x if your platform
doesn't support GnuPG 2.x, or you need support for some features that
GnuPG 2.x has deprecated, e.g., decrypting data created with PGP-2
keys.
@ifclear gpgtwohack
If you are looking for version 1 of GnuPG, you may find that version
installed under the name @command{gpg1}.
@end ifclear
@ifset gpgtwohack
In contrast to the standalone command @command{gpg} from GnuPG 1.x,
the 2.x version is commonly installed under the name
@command{@gpgname}.
@end ifset
@manpause
@xref{Option Index}, for an index to @command{@gpgname}'s commands and options.
@mancont
@menu
* GPG Commands:: List of all commands.
* GPG Options:: List of all options.
* GPG Configuration:: Configuration files.
* GPG Examples:: Some usage examples.
Developer information:
* Unattended Usage of GPG:: Using @command{gpg} from other programs.
@end menu
@c * GPG Protocol:: The protocol the server mode uses.
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** COMMANDS ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect commands
@node GPG Commands
@section Commands
Commands are not distinguished from options except for the fact that
only one command is allowed. Generally speaking, irrelevant options
are silently ignored, and may not be checked for correctness.
@command{@gpgname} may be run with no commands. In this case it will
print a warning perform a reasonable action depending on the type of
file it is given as input (an encrypted message is decrypted, a
signature is verified, a file containing keys is listed, etc.).
If you run into any problems, please add the option @option{--verbose}
to the invocation to see more diagnostics.
@menu
* General GPG Commands:: Commands not specific to the functionality.
* Operational GPG Commands:: Commands to select the type of operation.
* OpenPGP Key Management:: How to manage your keys.
@end menu
@c *******************************************
@c ********** GENERAL COMMANDS *************
@c *******************************************
@node General GPG Commands
@subsection Commands not specific to the function
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --version
@opindex version
Print the program version and licensing information. Note that you
cannot abbreviate this command.
@item --help
@itemx -h
@opindex help
Print a usage message summarizing the most useful command-line options.
Note that you cannot arbitrarily abbreviate this command
(though you can use its short form @option{-h}).
@item --warranty
@opindex warranty
Print warranty information.
@item --dump-options
@opindex dump-options
Print a list of all available options and commands. Note that you cannot
abbreviate this command.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** OPERATIONAL COMMANDS ***********
@c *******************************************
@node Operational GPG Commands
@subsection Commands to select the type of operation
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --sign
@itemx -s
@opindex sign
Sign a message. This command may be combined with @option{--encrypt}
(to sign and encrypt a message), @option{--symmetric} (to sign and
symmetrically encrypt a message), or both @option{--encrypt} and
@option{--symmetric} (to sign and encrypt a message that can be
decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). The signing key is
chosen by default or can be set explicitly using the
@option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key} options.
@item --clear-sign
@opindex clear-sign
@itemx --clearsign
@opindex clearsign
Make a cleartext signature. The content in a cleartext signature is
readable without any special software. OpenPGP software is only needed
to verify the signature. cleartext signatures may modify end-of-line
whitespace for platform independence and are not intended to be
reversible. The signing key is chosen by default or can be set
explicitly using the @option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key}
options.
@item --detach-sign
@itemx -b
@opindex detach-sign
Make a detached signature.
@item --encrypt
@itemx -e
@opindex encrypt
Encrypt data to one or more public keys. This command may be combined
with @option{--sign} (to sign and encrypt a message),
@option{--symmetric} (to encrypt a message that can be decrypted using a
secret key or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and
@option{--symmetric} together (for a signed message that can be
decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). @option{--recipient}
and related options specify which public keys to use for encryption.
@item --symmetric
@itemx -c
@opindex symmetric
Encrypt with a symmetric cipher using a passphrase. The default
symmetric cipher used is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}, but may be chosen with the
@option{--cipher-algo} option. This command may be combined with
@option{--sign} (for a signed and symmetrically encrypted message),
@option{--encrypt} (for a message that may be decrypted via a secret key
or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and @option{--encrypt} together
(for a signed message that may be decrypted via a secret key or a
passphrase). @command{@gpgname} caches the passphrase used for
symmetric encryption so that a decrypt operation may not require that
the user needs to enter the passphrase. The option
@option{--no-symkey-cache} can be used to disable this feature.
@item --store
@opindex store
Store only (make a simple literal data packet).
@item --decrypt
@itemx -d
@opindex decrypt
Decrypt the file given on the command line (or STDIN if no file
is specified) and write it to STDOUT (or the file specified with
@option{--output}). If the decrypted file is signed, the signature is also
verified. This command differs from the default operation, as it never
writes to the filename which is included in the file and it rejects
files that don't begin with an encrypted message.
@item --verify
@opindex verify
Assume that the first argument is a signed file and verify it without
generating any output. With no arguments, the signature packet is
read from STDIN. If only one argument is given, the specified file is
expected to include a complete signature.
With more than one argument, the first argument should specify a file
with a detached signature and the remaining files should contain the
signed data. To read the signed data from STDIN, use @samp{-} as the
second filename. For security reasons, a detached signature will not
read the signed material from STDIN if not explicitly specified.
Note: If the option @option{--batch} is not used, @command{@gpgname}
may assume that a single argument is a file with a detached signature,
and it will try to find a matching data file by stripping certain
suffixes. Using this historical feature to verify a detached
signature is strongly discouraged; you should always specify the data file
explicitly.
Note: When verifying a cleartext signature, @command{@gpgname} verifies
only what makes up the cleartext signed data and not any extra data
outside of the cleartext signature or the header lines directly following
the dash marker line. The option @code{--output} may be used to write
out the actual signed data, but there are other pitfalls with this
format as well. It is suggested to avoid cleartext signatures in
favor of detached signatures.
Note: To check whether a file was signed by a certain key the option
@option{--assert-signer} can be used. As an alternative the
@command{gpgv} tool can be used. @command{gpgv} is designed to
compare signed data against a list of trusted keys and returns with
success only for a good signature. It has its own manual page.
@item --multifile
@opindex multifile
This modifies certain other commands to accept multiple files for
processing on the command line or read from STDIN with each filename on
a separate line. This allows for many files to be processed at
once. @option{--multifile} may currently be used along with
@option{--verify}, @option{--encrypt}, and @option{--decrypt}. Note that
@option{--multifile --verify} may not be used with detached signatures.
@item --verify-files
@opindex verify-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --verify}.
@item --encrypt-files
@opindex encrypt-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --encrypt}.
@item --decrypt-files
@opindex decrypt-files
Identical to @option{--multifile --decrypt}.
@item --list-keys
@itemx -k
@itemx --list-public-keys
@opindex list-keys
List the specified keys. If no keys are specified, then all keys from
the configured public keyrings are listed.
Never use the output of this command in scripts or other programs.
The output is intended only for humans and its format is likely to
change. The @option{--with-colons} option emits the output in a
stable, machine-parseable format, which is intended for use by scripts
and other programs.
@item --list-secret-keys
@itemx -K
@opindex list-secret-keys
List the specified secret keys. If no keys are specified, then all
known secret keys are listed. A @code{#} after the initial tags
@code{sec} or @code{ssb} means that the secret key or subkey is
currently not usable. We also say that this key has been taken
offline (for example, a primary key can be taken offline by exporting
the key using the command @option{--export-secret-subkeys}). A
@code{>} after these tags indicate that the key is stored on a
smartcard. See also @option{--list-keys}.
@item --check-signatures
@opindex check-signatures
@itemx --check-sigs
@opindex check-sigs
Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the key signatures are verified and
listed too. Note that for performance reasons the revocation status
of a signing key is not shown. This command has the same effect as
using @option{--list-keys} with @option{--with-sig-check}.
The status of the verification is indicated by a flag directly
following the "sig" tag (and thus before the flags described below. A
"!" indicates that the signature has been successfully verified, a "-"
denotes a bad signature and a "%" is used if an error occurred while
checking the signature (e.g., a non supported algorithm). Signatures
where the public key is not available are not listed; to see their
keyids the command @option{--list-sigs} can be used.
For each signature listed, there are several flags in between the
signature status flag and keyid. These flags give additional
information about each key signature. From left to right, they are
the numbers 1--3 for certificate check level (see
@option{--ask-cert-level}), "L" for a local or non-exportable
signature (see @option{--lsign-key}), "R" for a nonRevocable signature
(see the @option{--edit-key} command "nrsign"), "P" for a signature
that contains a policy URL (see @option{--cert-policy-url}), "N" for a
signature that contains a notation (see @option{--cert-notation}), "X"
for an eXpired signature (see @option{--ask-cert-expire}), and the
numbers 1--9 or "T" for 10 and above to indicate trust signature levels
(see the @option{--edit-key} command "tsign").
@item --locate-keys
@itemx --locate-external-keys
@opindex locate-keys
@opindex locate-external-keys
Locate the keys given as arguments. This command basically uses the
same algorithm as used when locating keys for encryption and may thus
be used to see what keys @command{@gpgname} might use. In particular
external methods as defined by @option{--auto-key-locate} are used to
locate a key if the arguments comain valid mail addresses. Only
public keys are listed.
The variant @option{--locate-external-keys} does not consider a
locally existing key and can thus be used to force the refresh of a
key via the defined external methods. If a fingerprint is given and
and the methods defined by @option{--auto-key-locate} define LDAP
servers, the key is fetched from these resources; defined non-LDAP
keyservers are skipped.
@item --show-keys
@opindex show-keys
This commands takes OpenPGP keys as input and prints information about
them in the same way the command @option{--list-keys} does for locally
stored key. In addition the list options @code{show-unusable-uids},
@code{show-unusable-subkeys}, @code{show-notations} and
@code{show-policy-urls} are also enabled. As usual for automated
processing, this command should be combined with the option
@option{--with-colons}.
@item --fingerprint
@opindex fingerprint
List all keys (or the specified ones) along with their
fingerprints. This is the same output as @option{--list-keys} but with
the additional output of a line with the fingerprint. May also be
combined with @option{--check-signatures}. If this
command is given twice, the fingerprints of all secondary keys are
listed too. This command also forces pretty printing of fingerprints
if the keyid format has been set to "none".
@item --list-packets
@opindex list-packets
List only the sequence of packets. This command is only useful for
debugging. When used with option @option{--verbose} the actual MPI
values are dumped and not only their lengths. Note that the output of
this command may change with new releases.
@item --edit-card
@opindex edit-card
@itemx --card-edit
@opindex card-edit
Present a menu to work with a smartcard. The subcommand "help"
provides an overview on available commands. For a detailed
description, please see the Card HOWTO at
https://gnupg.org/documentation/howtos.html#GnuPG-cardHOWTO . Please
note that the command "openpgp" can be used to switch to the OpenPGP
application of cards which by default are presenting another
application (e.g., PIV).
@item --card-status
@opindex card-status
Show the content of the smart card.
@item --change-pin
@opindex change-pin
Present a menu to allow changing the PIN of a smartcard. This
functionality is also available as the subcommand "passwd" with the
@option{--edit-card} command.
@item --delete-keys @var{name}
@opindex delete-keys
Remove key from the public keyring. In batch mode either @option{--yes} is
required or the key must be specified by fingerprint. This is a
safeguard against accidental deletion of multiple keys. If the
exclamation mark syntax is used with the fingerprint of a subkey only
that subkey is deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the
fingerprint of the primary key the entire public key is deleted.
@item --delete-secret-keys @var{name}
@opindex delete-secret-keys
Remove key from the secret keyring. In batch mode the key must be
specified by fingerprint. The option @option{--yes} can be used to
advise gpg-agent not to request a confirmation. This extra
pre-caution is done because @command{@gpgname} can't be sure that the
secret key (as controlled by gpg-agent) is only used for the given
OpenPGP public key. If the exclamation mark syntax is used with the
fingerprint of a subkey only the secret part of that subkey is
deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the fingerprint of the
primary key only the secret part of the primary key is deleted.
@item --delete-secret-and-public-key @var{name}
@opindex delete-secret-and-public-key
Same as @option{--delete-key}, but if a secret key exists, it will be
removed first. In batch mode the key must be specified by fingerprint.
The option @option{--yes} can be used to advise gpg-agent not to
request a confirmation.
@item --export
@opindex export
Either export all keys from all keyrings (default keyring and those
registered via option @option{--keyring}), or if at least one name is given,
those of the given name. The exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the
file given with option @option{--output}. Use together with
@option{--armor} to mail those keys.
@item --send-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex send-keys
Similar to @option{--export} but sends the keys to a keyserver.
Fingerprints may be used instead of key IDs.
Don't send your complete keyring to a keyserver --- select
only those keys which are new or changed by you. If no @var{keyIDs}
are given, @command{@gpgname} does nothing.
Take care: Keyservers are by design write only systems and thus it is
not possible to ever delete keys once they have been send to a
keyserver.
@item --export-secret-keys
@itemx --export-secret-subkeys
@opindex export-secret-keys
@opindex export-secret-subkeys
Same as @option{--export}, but exports the secret keys instead. The
exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the file given with option
@option{--output}. This command is often used along with the option
@option{--armor} to allow for easy printing of the key for paper backup;
however the external tool @command{paperkey} does a better job of
creating backups on paper. Note that exporting a secret key can be a
security risk if the exported keys are sent over an insecure channel.
The second form of the command has the special property to render the
secret part of the primary key useless; this is a GNU extension to
OpenPGP and other implementations can not be expected to successfully
import such a key. Its intended use is in generating a full key with
an additional signing subkey on a dedicated machine. This command
then exports the key without the primary key to the main machine.
GnuPG may ask you to enter the passphrase for the key. This is
required, because the internal protection method of the secret key is
different from the one specified by the OpenPGP protocol.
@item --export-ssh-key
@opindex export-ssh-key
This command is used to export a key in the OpenSSH public key format.
It requires the specification of one key by the usual means and
exports the latest valid subkey which has an authentication capability
to STDOUT or to the file given with option @option{--output}. That
output can directly be added to ssh's @file{authorized_key} file.
By specifying the key to export using a key ID or a fingerprint
suffixed with an exclamation mark (!), a specific subkey or the
primary key can be exported. This does not even require that the key
has the authentication capability flag set.
@item --import
@itemx --fast-import
@opindex import
Import/merge keys. This adds the given keys to the
keyring. The fast version is currently just a synonym.
There are a few other options which control how this command works.
Most notable here is the @option{--import-options merge-only} option
which does not insert new keys but does only the merging of new
signatures, user-IDs and subkeys.
@item --receive-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex receive-keys
@itemx --recv-keys @var{keyIDs}
@opindex recv-keys
Import the keys with the given @var{keyIDs} from a keyserver.
@item --refresh-keys
@opindex refresh-keys
Request updates from a keyserver for keys that already exist on the
local keyring. This is useful for updating a key with the latest
signatures, user IDs, etc. Calling this with no arguments will refresh
the entire keyring.
@item --search-keys @var{names}
@opindex search-keys
Search the keyserver for the given @var{names}. Multiple names given
here will be joined together to create the search string for the
keyserver. Note that keyservers search for @var{names} in a different
and simpler way than gpg does. The best choice is to use a mail
address. Due to data privacy reasons keyservers may even not even
allow searching by user id or mail address and thus may only return
results when being used with the @option{--recv-key} command to
search by key fingerprint or keyid.
@item --fetch-keys @var{URIs}
@opindex fetch-keys
Retrieve keys located at the specified @var{URIs}. Note that different
installations of GnuPG may support different protocols (HTTP, FTP,
LDAP, etc.). When using HTTPS the system provided root certificates
are used by this command.
@item --update-trustdb
@opindex update-trustdb
Do trust database maintenance. This command iterates over all keys and
builds the Web of Trust. This is an interactive command because it may
have to ask for the "ownertrust" values for keys. The user has to give
an estimation of how far she trusts the owner of the displayed key to
correctly certify (sign) other keys. GnuPG only asks for the ownertrust
value if it has not yet been assigned to a key. Using the
@option{--edit-key} menu, the assigned value can be changed at any time.
@item --check-trustdb
@opindex check-trustdb
Do trust database maintenance without user interaction. From time to
time the trust database must be updated so that expired keys or
signatures and the resulting changes in the Web of Trust can be
tracked. Normally, GnuPG will calculate when this is required and do it
automatically unless @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} is set. This
command can be used to force a trust database check at any time. The
processing is identical to that of @option{--update-trustdb} but it
skips keys with a not yet defined "ownertrust".
For use with cron jobs, this command can be used together with
@option{--batch} in which case the trust database check is done only if
a check is needed. To force a run even in batch mode add the option
@option{--yes}.
@anchor{option --export-ownertrust}
@item --export-ownertrust
@opindex export-ownertrust
Send the ownertrust values to STDOUT. This is useful for backup purposes
as these values are the only ones which can't be re-created from a
corrupted trustdb. Example:
@c man:.RS
@example
@gpgname{} --export-ownertrust > otrust.txt
@end example
@c man:.RE
@item --import-ownertrust
@opindex import-ownertrust
Update the trustdb with the ownertrust values stored in @code{files} (or
STDIN if not given); existing values will be overwritten. In case of a
severely damaged trustdb and if you have a recent backup of the
ownertrust values (e.g., in the file @file{otrust.txt}), you may re-create
the trustdb using these commands:
@c man:.RS
@example
cd ~/.gnupg
rm trustdb.gpg
@gpgname{} --import-ownertrust < otrust.txt
@end example
@c man:.RE
@item --rebuild-keydb-caches
@opindex rebuild-keydb-caches
When updating from version 1.0.6 to 1.0.7 this command should be used
to create signature caches in the keyring. It might be handy in other
situations too.
@item --print-md @var{algo}
@itemx --print-mds
@opindex print-md
Print message digest of algorithm @var{algo} for all given files or STDIN.
With the second form (or a deprecated "*" for @var{algo}) digests for all
available algorithms are printed.
@item --gen-random @var{0|1|2|16|30} @var{count}
@opindex gen-random
Emit @var{count} random bytes of the given quality level 0, 1 or 2. If
@var{count} is not given or zero, an endless sequence of random bytes
will be emitted. If used with @option{--armor} the output will be
base64 encoded. The special level 16 uses a quality level of 1 and
outputs an endless stream of hex-encoded octets. The special level
30 outputs random as 30 zBase-32 characters.
@item --gen-prime @var{mode} @var{bits}
@opindex gen-prime
Use the source, Luke :-). The output format is subject to change
with any release.
@item --enarmor
@itemx --dearmor
@opindex enarmor
@opindex dearmor
Pack or unpack an arbitrary input into/from an OpenPGP ASCII armor.
This is a GnuPG extension to OpenPGP and in general not very useful.
The @option{--dearmor} command can also be used to dearmor PEM armors.
@item --unwrap
@opindex unwrap
This option modifies the command @option{--decrypt} to output the
original message with the encryption layer removed. Thus the output
will be an OpenPGP data structure which often means a signed OpenPGP
message. Note that this option may or may not remove a compression
layer which is often found beneath the encryption layer.
@item --tofu-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@} @var{keys}
@opindex tofu-policy
Set the TOFU policy for all the bindings associated with the specified
@var{keys}. For more information about the meaning of the policies,
@pxref{trust-model-tofu}. The @var{keys} may be specified either by their
fingerprint (preferred) or their keyid.
@c @item --server
@c @opindex server
@c Run gpg in server mode. This feature is not yet ready for use and
@c thus not documented.
@end table
@c ********************************************
@c ******* KEY MANAGEMENT COMMANDS **********
@c ********************************************
@node OpenPGP Key Management
@subsection How to manage your keys
This section explains the main commands for key management.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --quick-generate-key @var{user-id} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]]
@itemx --quick-gen-key
@opindex quick-generate-key
@opindex quick-gen-key
This is a simple command to generate a standard key with one user id.
In contrast to @option{--generate-key} the key is generated directly
without the need to answer a bunch of prompts. Unless the option
@option{--yes} is given, the key creation will be canceled if the
given user id already exists in the keyring.
If invoked directly on the console without any special options an
answer to a ``Continue?'' style confirmation prompt is required. In
case the user id already exists in the keyring a second prompt to
force the creation of the key will show up.
If @var{algo} or @var{usage} are given, only the primary key is
created and no prompts are shown. To specify an expiration date but
-still create a primary and subkey use ``default'' or
-``future-default'' for @var{algo} and ``default'' for @var{usage}.
-For a description of these optional arguments see the command
-@code{--quick-add-key}. The @var{usage} accepts also the value
-``cert'' which can be used to create a certification only primary key;
-the default is to a create certification and signing key.
+still create a primary and a subkey use ``default'',
+``future-default'', or ``pqc'' for @var{algo} and ``default'' for
+@var{usage}. For a description of these optional arguments see the
+command @code{--quick-add-key}; the value ``pqc'' create a key with a
+quantum-resistant encryption encryption subkey. The @var{usage}
+accepts also the value ``cert'' which can be used to create a
+certification only primary key; the default is to a create
+certification and signing key.
The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date
for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats
``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key
expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use
``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not
specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a
reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be
used for no expiration date.
If this command is used with @option{--batch},
@option{--pinentry-mode} has been set to @code{loopback}, and one of
the passphrase options (@option{--passphrase},
@option{--passphrase-fd}, or @option{--passphrase-file}) is used, the
supplied passphrase is used for the new key and the agent does not ask
for it. To create a key without any protection @code{--passphrase ''}
may be used.
To create an OpenPGP key from the keys available on the currently
inserted smartcard, the special string ``card'' can be used for
@var{algo}. If the card features an encryption and a signing key, gpg
will figure them out and creates an OpenPGP key consisting of the
usual primary key and one subkey. This works only with certain
smartcards. Note that the interactive @option{--full-gen-key} command
allows one to do the same but with greater flexibility in the selection of
the smartcard keys.
Note that it is possible to create a primary key and a subkey using
non-default algorithms by using ``default'' and changing the default
parameters using the option @option{--default-new-key-algo}.
@item --quick-set-expire @var{fpr} @var{expire} [*|@var{subfprs}]
@opindex quick-set-expire
With two arguments given, directly set the expiration time of the
primary key identified by @var{fpr} to @var{expire}. To remove the
expiration time @code{0} can be used. With three arguments and the
third given as an asterisk, the expiration time of all non-revoked and
not yet expired subkeys are set to @var{expire}. With more than two
arguments and a list of fingerprints given for @var{subfprs}, all
non-revoked subkeys matching these fingerprints are set to
@var{expire}.
@item --quick-add-key @var{fpr} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]]
@opindex quick-add-key
Directly add a subkey to the key identified by the fingerprint
@var{fpr}. Without the optional arguments an encryption subkey is
added. If any of the arguments are given a more specific subkey is
added.
@var{algo} may be any of the supported algorithms or curve names
given in the format as used by key listings. To use the default
algorithm the string ``default'' or ``-'' can be used. Supported
algorithms are ``rsa'', ``dsa'', ``elg'', ``ed25519'', ``cv25519'',
and other ECC curves. For example the string ``rsa'' adds an RSA key
with the default key length; a string ``rsa4096'' requests that the
key length is 4096 bits. The string ``future-default'' is an alias
for the algorithm which will likely be used as default algorithm in
future versions of gpg. To list the supported ECC curves the command
@code{gpg --with-colons --list-config curve} can be used.
Depending on the given @var{algo} the subkey may either be an
encryption subkey or a signing subkey. If an algorithm is capable of
signing and encryption and such a subkey is desired, a @var{usage}
string must be given. This string is either ``default'' or ``-'' to
keep the default or a comma delimited list (or space delimited list)
of keywords: ``sign'' for a signing subkey, ``auth'' for an
authentication subkey, and ``encr'' for an encryption subkey
(``encrypt'' can be used as alias for ``encr''). The valid
combinations depend on the algorithm.
The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date
for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats
``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key
expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use
``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not
specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a
reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be
used for no expiration date.
@item --quick-add-adsk @var{fpr} @var{adskfpr}
@opindex quick-add-adsk
Directly add an Additional Decryption Subkey to the key identified by
the fingerprint @var{fpr}. @var{adskfpr} is the fingerprint of
another key's encryption subkey. A subkey is commonly used here
because by default a primary key has no encryption capability. Use
the option @option{--with-subkey-fingerprint} with a list command to
display the subkey fingerprints. If the string "default" is used for
@var{adskfpr} all missing ADSKs configured with
@option{--default-new-key-adsk} are added.
@item --generate-key
@opindex generate-key
@itemx --gen-key
@opindex gen-key
Generate a new key pair using the current default parameters. This is
the standard command to create a new key. In addition to the key a
revocation certificate is created and stored in the
@file{openpgp-revocs.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory.
@item --full-generate-key
@opindex full-generate-key
@itemx --full-gen-key
@opindex full-gen-key
Generate a new key pair with dialogs for all options. This is an
extended version of @option{--generate-key}.
There is also a feature which allows you to create keys in batch
mode. See the manual section ``Unattended key generation'' on how
to use this.
@item --generate-revocation @var{name}
@opindex generate-revocation
@itemx --gen-revoke @var{name}
@opindex gen-revoke
Generate a revocation certificate for the complete key. To only revoke
a subkey or a key signature, use the @option{--edit} command.
This command merely creates the revocation certificate so that it can
be used to revoke the key if that is ever needed. To actually revoke
a key the created revocation certificate needs to be merged with the
key to revoke. This is done by importing the revocation certificate
using the @option{--import} command. Then the revoked key needs to be
published, which is best done by sending the key to a keyserver
(command @option{--send-key}) and by exporting (@option{--export}) it
to a file which is then send to frequent communication partners.
@item --generate-designated-revocation @var{name}
@opindex generate-designated-revocation
@itemx --desig-revoke @var{name}
@opindex desig-revoke
Generate a designated revocation certificate for a key. This allows a
user (with the permission of the keyholder) to revoke someone else's
key.
@item --edit-key
@opindex edit-key
Present a menu which enables you to do most of the key management
related tasks. It expects the specification of a key on the command
line.
@c ******** Begin Edit-key Options **********
@table @asis
@item uid @var{n}
@opindex keyedit:uid
Toggle selection of user ID or photographic user ID with index @var{n}.
Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all.
@item key @var{n}
@opindex keyedit:key
Toggle selection of subkey with index @var{n} or key ID @var{n}.
Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all.
@item sign
@opindex keyedit:sign
Make a signature on key of user @code{name}. If the key is not yet
signed by the default user (or the users given with @option{-u}), the program
displays the information of the key again, together with its
fingerprint and asks whether it should be signed. This question is
repeated for all users specified with
@option{-u}.
@item lsign
@opindex keyedit:lsign
Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-exportable and will
therefore never be used by others. This may be used to make keys
valid only in the local environment.
@item nrsign
@opindex keyedit:nrsign
Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-revocable and can
therefore never be revoked.
@item tsign
@opindex keyedit:tsign
Make a trust signature. This is a signature that combines the notions
of certification (like a regular signature), and trust (like the
"trust" command). It is generally useful in distinct communities
or groups to implement the concept of a Trusted Introducer. For
more information please read the sections ``Trust Signature'' and
``Regular Expression'' in RFC-4880.
@end table
@c man:.RS
Note that "l" (for local / non-exportable), "nr" (for non-revocable,
and "t" (for trust) may be freely mixed and prefixed to "sign" to
create a signature of any type desired.
@c man:.RE
If the option @option{--only-sign-text-ids} is specified, then any
non-text based user ids (e.g., photo IDs) will not be selected for
signing.
@table @asis
@item delsig
@opindex keyedit:delsig
Delete a signature. Note that it is not possible to retract a signature,
once it has been send to the public (i.e., to a keyserver). In that case
you better use @code{revsig}.
@item revsig
@opindex keyedit:revsig
Revoke a signature. For every signature which has been generated by
one of the secret keys, GnuPG asks whether a revocation certificate
should be generated.
@item check
@opindex keyedit:check
Check the signatures on all selected user IDs. With the extra
option @code{selfsig} only self-signatures are shown.
@item adduid
@opindex keyedit:adduid
Create an additional user ID.
@item addphoto
@opindex keyedit:addphoto
Create a photographic user ID. This will prompt for a JPEG file that
will be embedded into the user ID. Note that a very large JPEG will make
for a very large key. Also note that some programs will display your
JPEG unchanged (GnuPG), and some programs will scale it to fit in a
dialog box (PGP).
@item showphoto
@opindex keyedit:showphoto
Display the selected photographic user ID.
@item deluid
@opindex keyedit:deluid
Delete a user ID or photographic user ID. Note that it is not
possible to retract a user id, once it has been send to the public
(i.e., to a keyserver). In that case you better use @code{revuid}.
@item revuid
@opindex keyedit:revuid
Revoke a user ID or photographic user ID.
@item primary
@opindex keyedit:primary
Flag the current user id as the primary one, removes the primary user
id flag from all other user ids and sets the timestamp of all affected
self-signatures one second ahead. Note that setting a photo user ID
as primary makes it primary over other photo user IDs, and setting a
regular user ID as primary makes it primary over other regular user
IDs.
@item keyserver
@opindex keyedit:keyserver
Set a preferred keyserver for the specified user ID(s). This allows
other users to know where you prefer they get your key from. See
@option{--keyserver-options honor-keyserver-url} for more on how this
works. Setting a value of "none" removes an existing preferred
keyserver.
@item notation
@opindex keyedit:notation
Set a name=value notation for the specified user ID(s). See
@option{--cert-notation} for more on how this works. Setting a value of
"none" removes all notations, setting a notation prefixed with a minus
sign (-) removes that notation, and setting a notation name (without the
=value) prefixed with a minus sign removes all notations with that name.
@item pref
@opindex keyedit:pref
List preferences from the selected user ID. This shows the actual
preferences, without including any implied preferences.
@item showpref
@opindex keyedit:showpref
More verbose preferences listing for the selected user ID. This shows
the preferences in effect by including the implied preferences of 3DES
(cipher), SHA-1 (digest), and Uncompressed (compression) if they are
not already included in the preference list. In addition, the
preferred keyserver and signature notations (if any) are shown.
@item setpref @var{string}
@opindex keyedit:setpref
Set the list of user ID preferences to @var{string} for all (or just
the selected) user IDs. Calling setpref with no arguments sets the
preference list to the default (either built-in or set via
@option{--default-preference-list}), and calling setpref with "none"
as the argument sets an empty preference list. Use @command{@gpgname
--version} to get a list of available algorithms. Note that while you
can change the preferences on an attribute user ID (aka "photo ID"),
GnuPG does not select keys via attribute user IDs so these preferences
will not be used by GnuPG. Note that an unattended version of this
command is available as @option{--quick-update-pref}.
When setting preferences, you should list the algorithms in the order
which you'd like to see them used by someone else when encrypting a
message to your key. If you don't include 3DES, it will be
automatically added at the end. Note that there are many factors that
go into choosing an algorithm (for example, your key may not be the
only recipient), and so the remote OpenPGP application being used to
send to you may or may not follow your exact chosen order for a given
message. It will, however, only choose an algorithm that is present
on the preference list of every recipient key. See also the
INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below.
@item addkey
@opindex keyedit:addkey
Add a subkey to this key.
@item addcardkey
@opindex keyedit:addcardkey
Generate a subkey on a card and add it to this key.
@item keytocard
@opindex keyedit:keytocard
Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey
has been selected) to a smartcard. The secret key in the keyring
will be replaced by a stub if the key could be stored successfully
on the card and you use the save command later. Only certain key
types may be transferred to the card. A sub menu allows you to
select on what card to store the key. Note that it is not possible
to get that key back from the card --- if the card gets broken your
secret key will be lost unless you have a backup somewhere.
@item bkuptocard @var{file}
@opindex keyedit:bkuptocard
Restore the given @var{file} to a card. This command may be used to restore a
backup key (as generated during card initialization) to a new card. In
almost all cases this will be the encryption key. You should use this
command only with the corresponding public key and make sure that the
file given as argument is indeed the backup to restore. You should then
select 2 to restore as encryption key. You will first be asked to enter
the passphrase of the backup key and then for the Admin PIN of the card.
@item keytotpm
@opindex keyedit:keytotpm
Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey
has been selected) to TPM form. The secret key in the keyring will
be replaced by the TPM representation of that key, which can only be
read by the particular TPM that created it (so the keyfile now
becomes locked to the laptop containing the TPM). Only certain key
types may be transferred to the TPM (all TPM 2.0 systems are
mandated to have the rsa2048 and nistp256 algorithms but newer TPMs
may have more). Note that the key itself is not transferred into the
TPM, merely encrypted by the TPM in-place, so if the keyfile is
deleted, the key will be lost. Once transferred to TPM
representation, the key file can never be converted back to non-TPM
form and the key will die when the TPM does, so you should first
have a backup on secure offline storage of the actual secret key
file before conversion. It is essential to use the physical system
TPM that you have rw permission on the TPM resource manager device
(/dev/tpmrm0). Usually this means you must be a member of the tss
group.
@item delkey
@opindex keyedit:delkey
Remove a subkey (secondary key). Note that it is not possible to retract
a subkey, once it has been send to the public (i.e., to a keyserver). In
that case you better use @code{revkey}. Also note that this only
deletes the public part of a key.
@item revkey
@opindex keyedit:revkey
Revoke a subkey.
@item expire
@opindex keyedit:expire
Change the key or subkey expiration time. If a subkey is selected, the
expiration time of this subkey will be changed. With no selection, the
key expiration of the primary key is changed.
@item trust
@opindex keyedit:trust
Change the owner trust value for the key. This updates the trust-db
immediately and no save is required.
@item disable
@itemx enable
@opindex keyedit:disable
@opindex keyedit:enable
Disable or enable an entire key. A disabled key can not normally be
used for encryption.
@item addrevoker
@opindex keyedit:addrevoker
Add a designated revoker to the key. This takes one optional argument:
"sensitive". If a designated revoker is marked as sensitive, it will
not be exported by default (see export-options).
@item addadsk
@opindex keyedit:addadsk
Add an Additional Decryption Subkey. The user is asked to enter the
fingerprint of another encryption subkey. Note that the exact
fingerprint of another key's encryption subkey needs to be entered.
This is because commonly the primary key has no encryption
capability. Use the option @option{--with-subkey-fingerprint} with
a list command to display the subkey fingerprints.
@item passwd
@opindex keyedit:passwd
Change the passphrase of the secret key.
@item toggle
@opindex keyedit:toggle
This is dummy command which exists only for backward compatibility.
@item clean
@opindex keyedit:clean
Compact (by removing all signatures except the selfsig) any user ID
that is no longer usable (e.g., revoked, or expired). Then, remove any
signatures that are not usable by the trust calculations.
Specifically, this removes any signature that does not validate, any
signature that is superseded by a later signature, revoked signatures,
and signatures issued by keys that are not present on the keyring.
@item minimize
@opindex keyedit:minimize
Make the key as small as possible. This removes all signatures from
each user ID except for the most recent self-signature.
@item change-usage
@opindex keyedit:change-usage
Change the usage flags (capabilities) of the primary key or of
subkeys. These usage flags (e.g., Certify, Sign, Authenticate,
Encrypt) are set during key creation. Sometimes it is useful to
have the opportunity to change them (for example to add
Authenticate) after they have been created. Please take care when
doing this; the allowed usage flags depend on the key algorithm.
@item cross-certify
@opindex keyedit:cross-certify
Add cross-certification signatures to signing subkeys that may not
currently have them. Cross-certification signatures protect against a
subtle attack against signing subkeys. See
@option{--require-cross-certification}. All new keys generated have
this signature by default, so this command is only useful to bring
older keys up to date.
@item save
@opindex keyedit:save
Save all changes to the keyring and quit.
@item quit
@opindex keyedit:quit
Quit the program without updating the
keyring.
@end table
@c man:.RS
The listing shows you the key with its secondary keys and all user
IDs. The primary user ID is indicated by a dot, and selected keys or
user IDs are indicated by an asterisk. The trust
value is displayed with the primary key: "trust" is the assigned owner
trust and "validity" is the calculated validity of the key. Validity
values are also displayed for all user IDs.
For possible values of trust, @pxref{trust-values}.
@c man:.RE
@c ******** End Edit-key Options **********
@item --sign-key @var{name}
@opindex sign-key
Signs a public key with your secret key. This is a shortcut version of
the subcommand "sign" from @option{--edit-key}.
@item --lsign-key @var{name}
@opindex lsign-key
Signs a public key with your secret key but marks it as
non-exportable. This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "lsign"
from @option{--edit-key}.
@item --quick-sign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}]
@itemx --quick-lsign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}]
@opindex quick-sign-key
@opindex quick-lsign-key
Directly sign a key from the passphrase without any further user
interaction. The @var{fpr} must be the verified primary fingerprint
of a key in the local keyring. If no @var{names} are given, all
useful user ids are signed; with given [@var{names}] only useful user
ids matching one of these names are signed. By default, or if a name
is prefixed with a '*', a case insensitive substring match is used.
If a name is prefixed with a '=' a case sensitive exact match is done.
The command @option{--quick-lsign-key} marks the signatures as
non-exportable. If such a non-exportable signature already exists the
@option{--quick-sign-key} turns it into a exportable signature. If
you need to update an existing signature, for example to add or change
notation data, you need to use the option @option{--force-sign-key}.
This command uses reasonable defaults and thus does not provide the
full flexibility of the "sign" subcommand from @option{--edit-key}.
Its intended use is to help unattended key signing by utilizing a list
of verified fingerprints.
@item --quick-add-uid @var{user-id} @var{new-user-id}
@opindex quick-add-uid
This command adds a new user id to an existing key. In contrast to
the interactive sub-command @code{adduid} of @option{--edit-key} the
@var{new-user-id} is added verbatim with only leading and trailing
white space removed, it is expected to be UTF-8 encoded, and no checks
on its form are applied.
@item --quick-revoke-uid @var{user-id} @var{user-id-to-revoke}
@opindex quick-revoke-uid
This command revokes a user ID on an existing key. It cannot be used
to revoke the last user ID on key (some non-revoked user ID must
remain), with revocation reason ``User ID is no longer valid''. If
you want to specify a different revocation reason, or to supply
supplementary revocation text, you should use the interactive
sub-command @code{revuid} of @option{--edit-key}.
@item --quick-revoke-sig @var{fpr} @var{signing-fpr} [@var{names}]
@opindex quick-revoke-sig
This command revokes the key signatures made by @var{signing-fpr} from
the key specified by the fingerprint @var{fpr}. With @var{names}
given only the signatures on user ids of the key matching any of the
given names are affected (see @option{--quick-sign-key}). If a
revocation already exists a notice is printed instead of creating a
new revocation; no error is returned in this case. Note that key
signature revocations may be superseded by a newer key signature and
in turn again revoked.
@item --quick-set-primary-uid @var{user-id} @var{primary-user-id}
@opindex quick-set-primary-uid
This command sets or updates the primary user ID flag on an existing
key. @var{user-id} specifies the key and @var{primary-user-id} the
user ID which shall be flagged as the primary user ID. The primary
user ID flag is removed from all other user ids and the timestamp of
all affected self-signatures is set one second ahead.
@item --quick-update-pref @var{user-id}
@opindex quick-update-pref
This command updates the preference list of the key to the current
default value (either built-in or set via
@option{--default-preference-list}). This is the unattended version
of using "setpref" in the @option{--key-edit} menu without giving a
list. Note that you can show the preferences in a key listing by
using @option{--list-options show-pref} or @option{--list-options
show-pref-verbose}. You should also re-distribute updated keys to
your peers.
@item --quick-set-ownertrust @var{user-id} @var{value}
@opindex quick-set-ownertrust
This command sets the ownertrust of a key and can also be used to set
the disable flag of a key. This is the unattended version of using
"trust", "disable", or "enable" in the @option{--key-edit} menu.
@item --change-passphrase @var{user-id}
@opindex change-passphrase
@itemx --passwd @var{user-id}
@opindex passwd
Change the passphrase of the secret key belonging to the certificate
specified as @var{user-id}. This is a shortcut for the sub-command
@code{passwd} of the @option{--edit-key} menu. When using together with the
option @option{--dry-run} this will not actually change the passphrase
but check that the current passphrase is correct.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** OPTIONS ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect options
@node GPG Options
@section Option Summary
@command{@gpgname} features a bunch of options to control the exact
behaviour and to change the default configuration.
@menu
* GPG Configuration Options:: How to change the configuration.
* GPG Key related Options:: Key related options.
* GPG Input and Output:: Input and Output.
* OpenPGP Options:: OpenPGP protocol specific options.
* Compliance Options:: Compliance options.
* GPG Esoteric Options:: Doing things one usually doesn't want to do.
* Deprecated Options:: Deprecated options.
@end menu
Long options can be put in an options file (default
"~/.gnupg/gpg.conf"). Short option names will not work --- for
example, "armor" is a valid option for the options file, while "a" is
not. Do not write the 2 dashes, but simply the name of the option and
any required arguments. Lines with a hash ('#') as the first
non-white-space character are ignored. Commands may be put in this
file too, but that is not generally useful as the command will execute
automatically with every execution of gpg.
Please remember that option parsing stops as soon as a non-option is
encountered, you can explicitly stop parsing by using the special option
@option{--}.
@c *******************************************
@c ******** CONFIGURATION OPTIONS **********
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Configuration Options
@subsection How to change the configuration
These options are used to change the configuration and most of them
are usually found in the option file.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --default-key @var{name}
@opindex default-key
Use @var{name} as the default key to sign with. It is suggested to
use a fingerprint or at least a long keyID for @var{name}. If this
option is not used, the default key is the first key found in the
secret keyring. Note that @option{-u} or @option{--local-user}
overrides this option. This option may be given multiple times. In
this case, the last key for which a secret key is available is used.
If there is no secret key available for any of the specified values,
GnuPG will not emit an error message but continue as if this option
wasn't given.
@item --default-recipient @var{name}
@opindex default-recipient
Use @var{name} as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is
not used and don't ask if this is a valid one. @var{name} must be
non-empty and it is suggested to use a fingerprint for @var{name}.
@item --default-recipient-self
@opindex default-recipient-self
Use the default key as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is not
used and don't ask if this is a valid one. The default key is the first
one from the secret keyring or the one set with @option{--default-key}.
@item --no-default-recipient
@opindex no-default-recipient
Reset @option{--default-recipient} and @option{--default-recipient-self}.
Should not be used in an option file.
@item -v, --verbose
@opindex verbose
Give more information during processing. If used
twice, the input data is listed in detail.
@item --no-verbose
@opindex no-verbose
Reset verbose level to 0. Should not be used in an option file.
@item -q, --quiet
@opindex quiet
Try to be as quiet as possible. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --batch
@itemx --no-batch
@opindex batch
@opindex no-batch
Use batch mode. Never ask, do not allow interactive commands.
@option{--no-batch} disables this option. Note that even with a
filename given on the command line, gpg might still need to read from
STDIN (in particular if gpg figures that the input is a
detached signature and no data file has been specified). Thus if you
do not want to feed data via STDIN, you should connect STDIN to
@file{/dev/null}.
It is highly recommended to use this option along with the options
@option{--status-fd} and @option{--with-colons} for any unattended use of
@command{gpg}. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --no-tty
@opindex no-tty
Make sure that the TTY (terminal) is never used for any output.
This option is needed in some cases because GnuPG sometimes prints
warnings to the TTY even if @option{--batch} is used.
@item --yes
@opindex yes
Assume "yes" on most questions. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --no
@opindex no
Assume "no" on most questions. Should not be used in an option file.
@item --list-filter @{select=@var{expr}@}
@opindex list-filter
A list filter can be used to output only certain keys during key
listing commands. For the available property names, see the description
of @option{--import-filter}.
@item --list-options @var{parameters}
@opindex list-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when
listing keys and signatures (that is, @option{--list-keys},
@option{--check-signatures}, @option{--list-public-keys},
@option{--list-secret-keys}, and the @option{--edit-key} functions).
Options can be prepended with a @option{no-} (after the two dashes) to
give the opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item show-photos
@opindex list-options:show-photos
Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--check-signatures},
@option{--list-public-keys}, and @option{--list-secret-keys} to
display any photo IDs attached to the key. Defaults to no. See also
@option{--photo-viewer}. Does not work with @option{--with-colons}:
see @option{--attribute-fd} for the appropriate way to get photo data
for scripts and other frontends.
@item show-usage
@opindex list-options:show-usage
Show usage information for keys and subkeys in the standard key
listing. This is a list of letters indicating the allowed usage for a
key (@code{E}=encryption, @code{S}=signing, @code{C}=certification,
@code{A}=authentication). Defaults to yes.
@item show-ownertrust
@opindex list-options:show-ownertrust
Show the ownertrust value for keys also in the standard key
listing. Defaults to no.
@item show-policy-urls
@opindex list-options:show-policy-urls
Show policy URLs in the @option{--check-signatures}
listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-notations
@itemx show-std-notations
@itemx show-user-notations
@opindex list-options:show-notations
@opindex list-options:show-std-notations
@opindex list-options:show-user-notations
Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-x509-notations
@opindex list-options:show-x509-notations
Print X.509 certificates embedded in key signatures as PEM data.
This is intended for debugging and the output format may change
without notice.
@item store-x509-notations
@opindex list-options:store-x509-notations
Store X.509 certificates embedded in key signatures as PEM data
files. The filename consists the 4 byte key ID of the certificate,
a dash, the fingerprint of the key or subkey, and the suffix ".pem".
@item show-keyserver-urls
@opindex list-options:show-keyserver-urls
Show any preferred keyserver URL in the
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-uid-validity
@opindex list-options:show-uid-validity
Display the calculated validity of user IDs during key listings.
Defaults to yes.
@item show-unusable-uids
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-uids
Show revoked and expired user IDs in key listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-unusable-subkeys
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-subkeys
Show revoked and expired subkeys in key listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-unusable-sigs
@opindex list-options:show-unusable-sigs
Show key signature made using weak or unsupported algorithms.
@item show-keyring
@opindex list-options:show-keyring
Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which
keyring a given key resides on. Defaults to no.
@item show-sig-expire
@opindex list-options:show-sig-expire
Show signature expiration dates (if any) during
@option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no.
@item show-sig-subpackets
@opindex list-options:show-sig-subpackets
Include signature subpackets in the key listing. This option can take an
optional argument list of the subpackets to list. If no argument is
passed, list all subpackets. Defaults to no. This option is only
meaningful when using @option{--with-colons} along with
@option{--check-signatures}.
@item show-only-fpr-mbox
@opindex list-options:show-only-fpr-mbox
For each user-id which has a valid mail address print
only the fingerprint followed by the mail address.
@item sort-sigs
@opindex list-options:sort-sigs
With @option{--list-sigs} and @option{--check-sigs} sort the
signatures by keyID and creation time to make it easier to view the
history of these signatures. The self-signature is also listed
before other signatures. Defaults to yes.
@end table
@item --verify-options @var{parameters}
@opindex verify-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when
verifying signatures. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give
the opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item show-photos
@opindex verify-options:show-photos
Display any photo IDs present on the key that issued the signature.
Defaults to no. See also @option{--photo-viewer}.
@item show-policy-urls
@opindex verify-options:show-policy-urls
Show policy URLs in the signature being verified. Defaults to yes.
@item show-notations
@itemx show-std-notations
@itemx show-user-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-std-notations
@opindex verify-options:show-user-notations
Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the
signature being verified. Defaults to IETF standard.
@item show-keyserver-urls
@opindex verify-options:show-keyserver-urls
Show any preferred keyserver URL in the signature being verified.
Defaults to yes.
@item show-uid-validity
@opindex verify-options:show-uid-validity
Display the calculated validity of the user IDs on the key that issued
the signature. Defaults to yes.
@item show-unusable-uids
@opindex verify-options:show-unusable-uids
Show revoked and expired user IDs during signature verification.
Defaults to no.
@item show-primary-uid-only
@opindex verify-options:show-primary-uid-only
Show only the primary user ID during signature verification. That is
all the AKA lines as well as photo Ids are not shown with the signature
verification status.
@end table
@item --enable-large-rsa
@itemx --disable-large-rsa
@opindex enable-large-rsa
@opindex disable-large-rsa
With @option{--generate-key} and @option{--batch}, enable the creation
of RSA secret keys as large as 8192 bit. Note: 8192 bit is more than
is generally recommended. These large keys don't significantly
improve security, but they are more expensive to use, and their
signatures and certifications are larger. This option is only
available if the binary was build with large-secmem support.
@item --enable-dsa2
@itemx --disable-dsa2
@opindex enable-dsa2
@opindex disable-dsa2
Enable hash truncation for all DSA keys even for old DSA Keys up to
1024 bit. This is also the default with @option{--openpgp}. Note
that older versions of GnuPG also required this flag to allow the
generation of DSA larger than 1024 bit.
@item --photo-viewer @var{string}
@opindex photo-viewer
This is the command line that should be run to view a photo ID. "%i"
will be expanded to a filename containing the photo. "%I" does the
same, except the file will not be deleted once the viewer exits.
Other flags are "%k" for the key ID, "%K" for the long key ID, "%f"
for the key fingerprint, "%t" for the extension of the image type
(e.g., "jpg"), "%T" for the MIME type of the image (e.g., "image/jpeg"),
"%v" for the single-character calculated validity of the image being
viewed (e.g., "f"), "%V" for the calculated validity as a string (e.g.,
"full"), "%U" for a base32 encoded hash of the user ID,
and "%%" for an actual percent sign. If neither %i or %I are present,
then the photo will be supplied to the viewer on standard input.
On Unix the default viewer is
@code{xloadimage -fork -quiet -title 'KeyID 0x%k' STDIN}
with a fallback to
@code{display -title 'KeyID 0x%k' %i}
and finally to
@code{xdg-open %i}.
On Windows
@code{!ShellExecute 400 %i} is used; here the command is a meta
command to use that API call followed by a wait time in milliseconds
which is used to give the viewer time to read the temporary image file
before gpg deletes it again. Note that if your image viewer program
is not secure, then executing it from gpg does not make it secure.
@item --exec-path @var{string}
@opindex exec-path
@efindex PATH
Sets a list of directories to search for photo viewers If not provided
photo viewers use the @code{PATH} environment variable.
@item --keyring @var{file}
@opindex keyring
Add @var{file} to the current list of keyrings. If @var{file} begins
with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If
the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG
home directory ("~/.gnupg" unless @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is
used).
Note that this adds a keyring to the current list. If the intent is to
use the specified keyring alone, use @option{--keyring} along with
@option{--no-default-keyring}.
If the option @option{--no-keyring} has been used no keyrings will
be used at all.
Note that if the option @option{use-keyboxd} is enabled in
@file{common.conf}, no keyrings are used at all and keys are all
maintained by the keyboxd process in its own database.
@item --primary-keyring @var{file}
@opindex primary-keyring
This is a variant of @option{--keyring} and designates @var{file} as
the primary public keyring. This means that newly imported keys (via
@option{--import} or keyserver @option{--recv-from}) will go to this
keyring.
@item --secret-keyring @var{file}
@opindex secret-keyring
This is an obsolete option and ignored. All secret keys are stored in
the @file{private-keys-v1.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory.
@item --trustdb-name @var{file}
@opindex trustdb-name
Use @var{file} instead of the default trustdb. If @var{file} begins
with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If
the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG
home directory (@file{~/.gnupg} if @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is
not used).
@include opt-homedir.texi
@item --display-charset @var{name}
@opindex display-charset
Set the name of the native character set. This is used to convert some
informational strings like user IDs to the proper UTF-8 encoding.
Note that this has nothing to do with the character set of data to be
encrypted or signed; GnuPG does not recode user-supplied data. If this
option is not used, the default character set is determined from the
current locale. A verbosity level of 3 shows the chosen set. This
option should not be used on Windows. Valid values for @var{name}
are:
@table @asis
@item iso-8859-1
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-1
This is the Latin 1 set.
@item iso-8859-2
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-2
The Latin 2 set.
@item iso-8859-15
@opindex display-charset:iso-8859-15
This is currently an alias for
the Latin 1 set.
@item koi8-r
@opindex display-charset:koi8-r
The usual Russian set (RFC-1489).
@item utf-8
@opindex display-charset:utf-8
Bypass all translations and assume
that the OS uses native UTF-8 encoding.
@end table
@item --utf8-strings
@itemx --no-utf8-strings
@opindex utf8-strings
Assume that command line arguments are given as UTF-8 strings. The
default (@option{--no-utf8-strings}) is to assume that arguments are
encoded in the character set as specified by
@option{--display-charset}. These options affect all following
arguments. Both options may be used multiple times.
This option should not be used in an option file.
This option has no effect on Windows. There the internal used UTF-8
encoding is translated for console input and output. The command line
arguments are expected as Unicode and translated to UTF-8. Thus when
calling this program from another, make sure to use the Unicode
version of CreateProcess.
@anchor{gpg-option --options}
@item --options @var{file}
@opindex options
Read options from @var{file} and do not try to read them from the
default options file in the homedir (see @option{--homedir}). This
option is ignored if used in an options file.
@item --no-options
@opindex no-options
Shortcut for @option{--options /dev/null}. This option is detected
before an attempt to open an option file. Using this option will also
prevent the creation of a @file{~/.gnupg} homedir.
@item -z @var{n}
@itemx --compress-level @var{n}
@itemx --bzip2-compress-level @var{n}
@itemx --no-compress
@opindex compress-level
@opindex bzip2-compress-level
@opindex no-compress
Set compression level to @var{n} for the ZIP and ZLIB compression
algorithms. The default is to use the default compression level of zlib
(normally 6). @option{--bzip2-compress-level} sets the compression level
for the BZIP2 compression algorithm (defaulting to 6 as well). This is a
different option from @option{--compress-level} since BZIP2 uses a
significant amount of memory for each additional compression level.
Option @option{-z} sets both. A value of 0 for @var{n} disables
compression. A value of -1 forces compression using the default
level. Option @option{--no-compress} is identical to @option{-z0}.
Except for the @option{--store} command compression is always used
unless @command{gpg} detects that the input is already compressed. To
inhibit the use of compression use @option{-z0} or
@option{--no-compress}; to force compression use @option{-z-1} or
option @option{z} with another compression level than the default as
indicated by -1. Note that this overriding of the default deection
works only with @option{z} and not with the long variant of this
option.
@item --bzip2-decompress-lowmem
@opindex bzip2-decompress-lowmem
Use a different decompression method for BZIP2 compressed files. This
alternate method uses a bit more than half the memory, but also runs
at half the speed. This is useful under extreme low memory
circumstances when the file was originally compressed at a high
@option{--bzip2-compress-level}.
@item --mangle-dos-filenames
@itemx --no-mangle-dos-filenames
@opindex mangle-dos-filenames
@opindex no-mangle-dos-filenames
Older version of Windows cannot handle filenames with more than one
dot. @option{--mangle-dos-filenames} causes GnuPG to replace (rather
than add to) the extension of an output filename to avoid this
problem. This option is off by default and has no effect on non-Windows
platforms.
@item --ask-cert-level
@itemx --no-ask-cert-level
@opindex ask-cert-level
When making a key signature, prompt for a certification level. If this
option is not specified, the certification level used is set via
@option{--default-cert-level}. See @option{--default-cert-level} for
information on the specific levels and how they are
used. @option{--no-ask-cert-level} disables this option. This option
defaults to no.
@item --default-cert-level @var{n}
@opindex default-cert-level
The default to use for the check level when signing a key.
0 means you make no particular claim as to how carefully you verified
the key.
1 means you believe the key is owned by the person who claims to own
it but you could not, or did not verify the key at all. This is
useful for a "persona" verification, where you sign the key of a
pseudonymous user.
2 means you did casual verification of the key. For example, this
could mean that you verified the key fingerprint and checked the
user ID on the key against a photo ID.
3 means you did extensive verification of the key. For example, this
could mean that you verified the key fingerprint with the owner of the
key in person, and that you checked, by means of a hard to forge
document with a photo ID (such as a passport) that the name of the key
owner matches the name in the user ID on the key, and finally that you
verified (by exchange of email) that the email address on the key
belongs to the key owner.
Note that the examples given above for levels 2 and 3 are just that:
examples. In the end, it is up to you to decide just what "casual"
and "extensive" mean to you.
This option defaults to 0 (no particular claim).
@item --min-cert-level
@opindex min-cert-level
When building the trust database, treat any signatures with a
certification level below this as invalid. Defaults to 2, which
disregards level 1 signatures. Note that level 0 "no particular
claim" signatures are always accepted.
@item --trusted-key @var{long key ID or fingerprint}
@opindex trusted-key
Assume that the specified key (which should be given as fingerprint)
is as trustworthy as one of your own secret keys. This option is
useful if you don't want to keep your secret keys (or one of them)
online but still want to be able to check the validity of a given
recipient's or signator's key. If the given key is not locally
available but an LDAP keyserver is configured the missing key is
imported from that server. The value "none" is explicitly allowed to
distinguish between the use of any trusted-key option and no use of
this option at all (e.g. due to the @option{--no-options} option).
@item --add-desig-revoker [sensitive:]@var{fingerprint}
@opindex add-desig-revoker
Add the key specified by @var{fingerprint} as a designated revoker to
newly created keys. If the fingerprint is prefixed with the keyword
``sensitive:'' that info is normally not exported with the key. This
option may be given several times to add more than one designated
revoker. If the keyword ``clear'' is used instead of a fingerprint,
all previously fiven fingerprints are discarded. Designated revokers
are marked on the key as non-revocable. Note that a designated
revoker specified using a parameter file will also be added to the
key.
@item --default-new-key-adsk @var{fingerprint}
@opindex default-new-key-adsk
Add the subkey specified by @var{fingerprint} as an Additional
Decryption Subkey (ADSK) to newly created keys. This option may be
given several time to add more than one ADSK. It is also possible to
give several fingerprints delimited by space or comma as value to this
option. If the keyword ``clear'' is used instead of a fingerprint,
all previously specified fingerprints are discarded (useful to
override options given in a config file). The fingerprint is expected
to specify a subkey and it does not need an exclamation mark as
suffix; it must be given in cmpact format (40 or 64 hex-digits without
any spaces).
@item --trust-model @{pgp|classic|tofu|tofu+pgp|direct|always|auto@}
@opindex trust-model
Set what trust model GnuPG should follow. The models are:
@table @asis
@item pgp
@opindex trust-model:pgp
This is the Web of Trust combined with trust signatures as used in PGP
5.x and later. This is the default trust model when creating a new
trust database.
@item classic
@opindex trust-model:classic
This is the standard Web of Trust as introduced by PGP 2.
@item tofu
@opindex trust-model:tofu
@anchor{trust-model-tofu}
TOFU stands for Trust On First Use. In this experimental trust
model, the first
time a key is seen, it is memorized. If later another key with a
user id with the same email address is seen, both keys are marked as
suspect. In that case, the next time either is used, a warning is
displayed describing the conflict, why it might have occurred
(either the user generated a new key and failed to cross sign the
old and new keys, the key is forgery, or a man-in-the-middle attack
is being attempted), and the user is prompted to manually confirm
the validity of the key in question.
Because a potential attacker is able to control the email address
and thereby circumvent the conflict detection algorithm by using an
email address that is similar in appearance to a trusted email
address, whenever a message is verified, statistics about the number
of messages signed with the key are shown. In this way, a user can
easily identify attacks using fake keys for regular correspondents.
When compared with the Web of Trust, TOFU offers significantly
weaker security guarantees. In particular, TOFU only helps ensure
consistency (that is, that the binding between a key and email
address doesn't change). A major advantage of TOFU is that it
requires little maintenance to use correctly. To use the web of
trust properly, you need to actively sign keys and mark users as
trusted introducers. This is a time-consuming process and anecdotal
evidence suggests that even security-conscious users rarely take the
time to do this thoroughly and instead rely on an ad-hoc TOFU
process.
In the TOFU model, policies are associated with bindings between
keys and email addresses (which are extracted from user ids and
normalized). There are five policies, which can be set manually
using the @option{--tofu-policy} option. The default policy can be
set using the @option{--tofu-default-policy} option.
The TOFU policies are: @code{auto}, @code{good}, @code{unknown},
@code{bad} and @code{ask}. The @code{auto} policy is used by
default (unless overridden by @option{--tofu-default-policy}) and
marks a binding as marginally trusted. The @code{good},
@code{unknown} and @code{bad} policies mark a binding as fully
trusted, as having unknown trust or as having trust never,
respectively. The @code{unknown} policy is useful for just using
TOFU to detect conflicts, but to never assign positive trust to a
binding. The final policy, @code{ask} prompts the user to indicate
the binding's trust. If batch mode is enabled (or input is
inappropriate in the context), then the user is not prompted and the
@code{undefined} trust level is returned.
@item tofu+pgp
@opindex trust-model:tofu+pgp
This experimental trust model combines TOFU with the Web of Trust.
This is done
by computing the trust level for each model and then taking the
maximum trust level where the trust levels are ordered as follows:
@code{unknown < undefined < marginal < fully < ultimate < expired <
never}.
By setting @option{--tofu-default-policy=unknown}, this model can be
used to implement the web of trust with TOFU's conflict detection
algorithm, but without its assignment of positive trust values,
which some security-conscious users don't like.
@item direct
@opindex trust-model:direct
Key validity is set directly by the user and not calculated via the
Web of Trust. This model is solely based on the key and does
not distinguish user IDs. Note that when changing to another trust
model the trust values assigned to a key are transformed into
ownertrust values, which also indicate how you trust the owner of
the key to sign other keys.
@item always
@opindex trust-model:always
Skip key validation and assume that used keys are always fully
valid. You generally won't use this unless you are using some
external validation scheme. This option also suppresses the
"[uncertain]" tag printed with signature checks when there is no
evidence that the user ID is bound to the key. Note that this
trust model still does not allow the use of expired, revoked, or
disabled keys.
@item auto
@opindex trust-model:auto
Select the trust model depending on whatever the internal trust
database says. This is the default model if such a database already
exists. Note that a tofu trust model is not considered here and
must be enabled explicitly.
@end table
@item --always-trust
@opindex always-trust
Identical to @option{--trust-model always}.
@item --assert-signer @var{fpr_or_file}
@opindex assert-signer
This option checks whether at least one valid signature on a file has
been made with the specified key. The key is either specified as a
fingerprint or a file listing fingerprints. The fingerprint must be
given or listed in compact format (no colons or spaces in between).
This option can be given multiple times and each fingerprint is
checked against the signing key as well as the corresponding primary
key. If @var{fpr_or_file} specifies a file, empty lines are ignored
as well as all lines starting with a hash sign. With this option gpg
is guaranteed to return with an exit code of 0 if and only if a
signature has been encountered, is valid, and the key matches one of
the fingerprints given by this option.
@item --assert-pubkey-algo @var{algolist}
@opindex assert-pubkey-algo
During data signature verification this options checks whether the
used public key algorithm matches the algorithms given by
@var{algolist}. This option can be given multiple times to
concatenate more algorithms to the list; the delimiter of the list are
either commas or spaces.
The algorithm names given in the list may either be verbatim names
like "ed25519" with an optional leading single equal sign, or being
prefixed with ">", ">=", "<=", or "<". That prefix operator is
applied to the number part of the algorithm name; for example 2048 in
"rsa2048" or 384 in "brainpoolP384r1". If the the leading non-digits
in the name matches, the prefix operator is used to compare the number
part, a trailing suffix is ignored in this case. For example an
algorithm list ">rsa3000, >=brainpool384r1, =ed25519" allows RSA
signatures with more that 3000 bits, Brainpool curves 384 and 512,
and the ed25519 algorithm.
With this option gpg (and also gpgv) is guaranteed to return with an
exit code of 0 if and only if all valid signatures on data are made
using a matching algorithm from the given list.
@item --auto-key-locate @var{mechanisms}
@itemx --no-auto-key-locate
@opindex auto-key-locate
GnuPG can automatically locate and retrieve keys as needed using this
option. This happens when encrypting to an email address (in the
"user@@example.com" form), and there are no "user@@example.com" keys
on the local keyring. This option takes any number of the mechanisms
listed below, in the order they are to be tried. Instead of listing
the mechanisms as comma delimited arguments, the option may also be
given several times to add more mechanism. The option
@option{--no-auto-key-locate} or the mechanism "clear" resets the
list. The default is "local,wkd".
@table @asis
@item cert
Locate a key using DNS CERT, as specified in RFC-4398.
@item dane
Locate a key using DANE, as specified
in draft-ietf-dane-openpgpkey-05.txt.
@item wkd
Locate a key using the Web Key Directory protocol.
@item ldap
Locate the key using the configured LDAP servers. This method is
similar to the @code{keyserver} mechanism but always uses only LDAP
servers.
@item ntds
Locate the key using the Active Directory (Windows only). This
method also allows one to search by fingerprint using the command
@option{--locate-external-key}. Note that this mechanism is
actually a shortcut for the mechanism @samp{ldap} using only
"ldap:///" as the keyserver.
@item keyserver
Locate a key using a keyserver. This method also allows one to search
by fingerprint using the command @option{--locate-external-key} if
any of the configured keyservers is an LDAP server.
@item keyserver-URL
In addition, a keyserver URL as used in the @command{dirmngr}
configuration may be used here to query that particular keyserver.
This method also allows one to search by fingerprint using the command
@option{--locate-external-key} if the URL specifies an LDAP server.
@item local
Locate the key using the local keyrings. This mechanism allows the user to
select the order a local key lookup is done. Thus using
@samp{--auto-key-locate local} is identical to
@option{--no-auto-key-locate}.
@item nodefault
This flag disables the standard local key lookup, done before any of the
mechanisms defined by the @option{--auto-key-locate} are tried. The
position of this mechanism in the list does not matter. It is not
required if @code{local} is also used.
@item clear
Clear all defined mechanisms. This is useful to override
mechanisms given in a config file. Note that a @code{nodefault} in
@var{mechanisms} will also be cleared unless it is given after the
@code{clear}.
@end table
@item --auto-key-import
@itemx --no-auto-key-import
@opindex auto-key-import
@opindex no-auto-key-import
This is an offline mechanism to get a missing key for signature
verification and for later encryption to this key. If this option is
enabled and a signature includes an embedded key, that key is
used to verify the signature and on verification success the key is
imported. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-import}.
On the sender (signing) site the option @option{--include-key-block}
needs to be used to put the public part of the signing key as “Key
Block subpacket” into the signature.
@item --auto-key-retrieve
@itemx --no-auto-key-retrieve
@opindex auto-key-retrieve
@opindex no-auto-key-retrieve
These options enable or disable the automatic retrieving of keys from
a keyserver when verifying signatures made by keys that are not on the
local keyring. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-retrieve}.
The order of methods tried to lookup the key is:
1. If the option @option{--auto-key-import} is set and the signatures
includes an embedded key, that key is used to verify the signature and
on verification success that key is imported.
2. If a preferred keyserver is specified in the signature and the
option @option{honor-keyserver-url} is active (which is not the
default), that keyserver is tried. Note that the creator of the
signature uses the option @option{--sig-keyserver-url} to specify the
preferred keyserver for data signatures.
3. If the signature has the Signer's UID set (e.g., using
@option{--sender} while creating the signature) a Web Key Directory
(WKD) lookup is done. This is the default configuration but can be
disabled by removing WKD from the auto-key-locate list or by using the
option @option{--disable-signer-uid}.
4. If any keyserver is configured and the Issuer Fingerprint is part
of the signature (since GnuPG 2.1.16), the configured keyservers are
tried.
Note that this option makes a "web bug" like behavior possible.
Keyserver or Web Key Directory operators can see which keys you
request, so by sending you a message signed by a brand new key (which
you naturally will not have on your local keyring), the operator can
tell both your IP address and the time when you verified the
signature.
@item --keyid-format @{none|short|0xshort|long|0xlong@}
@opindex keyid-format
Select how to display key IDs. "none" does not show the key ID at all
but shows the fingerprint in a separate line. "short" is the
traditional 8-character key ID. "long" is the more accurate (but less
convenient) 16-character key ID. Add an "0x" to either to include an
"0x" at the beginning of the key ID, as in 0x99242560. Note that this
option is ignored if the option @option{--with-colons} is used.
@item --keyserver @var{name}
@opindex keyserver
This option is deprecated --- please use the @option{--keyserver} in
@file{dirmngr.conf} instead.
Use @var{name} as your keyserver. This is the server that
@option{--receive-keys}, @option{--send-keys}, and @option{--search-keys}
will communicate with to receive keys from, send keys to, and search for
keys on. The format of the @var{name} is a URI:
`scheme:[//]keyservername[:port]' The scheme is the type of keyserver:
"hkp"/"hkps" for the HTTP (or compatible) keyservers or "ldap"/"ldaps"
for the LDAP keyservers. Note that your particular installation of
GnuPG may have other keyserver types available as well. Keyserver
schemes are case-insensitive.
Most keyservers synchronize with each other, so there is generally no
need to send keys to more than one server. The keyserver
@code{hkp://keys.gnupg.net} uses round robin DNS to give a different
keyserver each time you use it.
@item --keyserver-options @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex keyserver-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for the
keyserver. Options can be prefixed with a `no-' to give the opposite
meaning. Valid import-options or export-options may be used here as
well to apply to importing (@option{--recv-key}) or exporting
(@option{--send-key}) a key from a keyserver. While not all options
are available for all keyserver types, some common options are:
@table @asis
@item include-revoked
When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that
are marked on the keyserver as revoked. Note that not all keyservers
differentiate between revoked and unrevoked keys, and for such
keyservers this option is meaningless. Note also that most keyservers do
not have cryptographic verification of key revocations, and so turning
this option off may result in skipping keys that are incorrectly marked
as revoked.
@item include-disabled
When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that
are marked on the keyserver as disabled. Note that this option is not
used with HKP keyservers.
@item auto-key-retrieve
This is an obsolete alias for the option @option{auto-key-retrieve}.
Please do not use it; it will be removed in future versions..
@item honor-keyserver-url
When using @option{--refresh-keys}, if the key in question has a preferred
keyserver URL, then use that preferred keyserver to refresh the key
from. In addition, if auto-key-retrieve is set, and the signature
being verified has a preferred keyserver URL, then use that preferred
keyserver to fetch the key from. Note that this option introduces a
"web bug": The creator of the key can see when the keys is
refreshed. Thus this option is not enabled by default.
@item include-subkeys
When receiving a key, include subkeys as potential targets. Note that
this option is not used with HKP keyservers, as they do not support
retrieving keys by subkey id.
@item timeout
@itemx http-proxy=@var{value}
@itemx verbose
@itemx debug
@itemx check-cert
@item ca-cert-file
These options have no more function since GnuPG 2.1. Use the
@code{dirmngr} configuration options instead.
@end table
The default list of options is: "self-sigs-only, import-clean,
repair-keys, repair-pks-subkey-bug, export-attributes". However, if
the actual used source is an LDAP server "no-self-sigs-only" is
assumed unless "self-sigs-only" has been explicitly configured.
@item --completes-needed @var{n}
@opindex compliant-needed
Number of completely trusted users to introduce a new
key signer (defaults to 1).
@item --marginals-needed @var{n}
@opindex marginals-needed
Number of marginally trusted users to introduce a new
key signer (defaults to 3)
@item --tofu-default-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@}
@opindex tofu-default-policy
The default TOFU policy (defaults to @code{auto}). For more
information about the meaning of this option, @pxref{trust-model-tofu}.
@item --max-cert-depth @var{n}
@opindex max-cert-depth
Maximum depth of a certification chain (default is 5).
@item --no-sig-cache
@opindex no-sig-cache
Do not cache the verification status of key signatures.
Caching gives a much better performance in key listings. However, if
you suspect that your public keyring is not safe against write
modifications, you can use this option to disable the caching. It
probably does not make sense to disable it because all kind of damage
can be done if someone else has write access to your public keyring.
@item --auto-check-trustdb
@itemx --no-auto-check-trustdb
@opindex auto-check-trustdb
If GnuPG feels that its information about the Web of Trust has to be
updated, it automatically runs the @option{--check-trustdb} command
internally. This may be a time consuming
process. @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} disables this option.
@item --use-agent
@itemx --no-use-agent
@opindex use-agent
This is dummy option. @command{@gpgname} always requires the agent.
@item --gpg-agent-info
@opindex gpg-agent-info
This is dummy option. It has no effect when used with @command{@gpgname}.
@item --agent-program @var{file}
@opindex agent-program
Specify an agent program to be used for secret key operations. The
default value is determined by running @command{gpgconf} with the
option @option{--list-dirs}. Note that the pipe symbol (@code{|}) is
used for a regression test suite hack and may thus not be used in the
file name.
@item --dirmngr-program @var{file}
@opindex dirmngr-program
Specify a dirmngr program to be used for keyserver access. The
default value is @file{@value{BINDIR}/dirmngr}.
@item --disable-dirmngr
Entirely disable the use of the Dirmngr.
@item --no-autostart
@opindex no-autostart
Do not start the gpg-agent or the dirmngr if it has not yet been
started and its service is required. This option is mostly useful on
machines where the connection to gpg-agent has been redirected to
another machines. If dirmngr is required on the remote machine, it
may be started manually using @command{gpgconf --launch dirmngr}.
@item --lock-once
@opindex lock-once
Lock the databases the first time a lock is requested
and do not release the lock until the process
terminates.
@item --lock-multiple
@opindex lock-multiple
Release the locks every time a lock is no longer
needed. Use this to override a previous @option{--lock-once}
from a config file.
@item --lock-never
@opindex lock-never
Disable locking entirely. This option should be used only in very
special environments, where it can be assured that only one process
is accessing those files. A bootable floppy with a stand-alone
encryption system will probably use this. Improper usage of this
option may lead to data and key corruption.
@item --exit-on-status-write-error
@opindex exit-on-status-write-error
This option will cause write errors on the status FD to immediately
terminate the process. That should in fact be the default but it never
worked this way and thus we need an option to enable this, so that the
change won't break applications which close their end of a status fd
connected pipe too early. Using this option along with
@option{--enable-progress-filter} may be used to cleanly cancel long
running gpg operations.
@item --limit-card-insert-tries @var{n}
@opindex limit-card-insert-tries
With @var{n} greater than 0 the number of prompts asking to insert a
smartcard gets limited to N-1. Thus with a value of 1 gpg won't at
all ask to insert a card if none has been inserted at startup. This
option is useful in the configuration file in case an application does
not know about the smartcard support and waits ad infinitum for an
inserted card.
@item --no-random-seed-file
@opindex no-random-seed-file
GnuPG uses a file to store its internal random pool over invocations.
This makes random generation faster; however sometimes write operations
are not desired. This option can be used to achieve that with the cost of
slower random generation.
@item --no-greeting
@opindex no-greeting
Suppress the initial copyright message.
@item --no-secmem-warning
@opindex no-secmem-warning
Suppress the warning about "using insecure memory".
@item --no-permission-warning
@opindex permission-warning
Suppress the warning about unsafe file and home directory (@option{--homedir})
permissions. Note that the permission checks that GnuPG performs are
not intended to be authoritative, but rather they simply warn about
certain common permission problems. Do not assume that the lack of a
warning means that your system is secure.
Note that the warning for unsafe @option{--homedir} permissions cannot be
suppressed in the gpg.conf file, as this would allow an attacker to
place an unsafe gpg.conf file in place, and use this file to suppress
warnings about itself. The @option{--homedir} permissions warning may only be
suppressed on the command line.
@item --require-secmem
@itemx --no-require-secmem
@opindex require-secmem
Refuse to run if GnuPG cannot get secure memory. Defaults to no
(i.e., run, but give a warning).
@item --require-cross-certification
@itemx --no-require-cross-certification
@opindex require-cross-certification
When verifying a signature made from a subkey, ensure that the cross
certification "back signature" on the subkey is present and valid. This
protects against a subtle attack against subkeys that can sign.
Defaults to @option{--require-cross-certification} for
@command{@gpgname}.
@item --expert
@itemx --no-expert
@opindex expert
Allow the user to do certain nonsensical or "silly" things like
signing an expired or revoked key, or certain potentially incompatible
things like generating unusual key types. This also disables certain
warning messages about potentially incompatible actions. As the name
implies, this option is for experts only. If you don't fully
understand the implications of what it allows you to do, leave this
off. @option{--no-expert} disables this option.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** KEY RELATED OPTIONS ************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Key related Options
@subsection Key related options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --recipient @var{name}
@itemx -r
@opindex recipient
Encrypt for user id @var{name}. If this option or
@option{--hidden-recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user-id
unless @option{--default-recipient} is given.
@item --hidden-recipient @var{name}
@itemx -R
@opindex hidden-recipient
Encrypt for user ID @var{name}, but hide the key ID of this user's
key. This option helps to hide the receiver of the message and is a
limited countermeasure against traffic analysis. If this option or
@option{--recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user ID unless
@option{--default-recipient} is given.
@item --recipient-file @var{file}
@itemx -f
@opindex recipient-file
This option is similar to @option{--recipient} except that it
encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the
name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that
the key in this file is fully valid.
@item --hidden-recipient-file @var{file}
@itemx -F
@opindex hidden-recipient-file
This option is similar to @option{--hidden-recipient} except that it
encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the
name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that
the key in this file is fully valid.
@item --encrypt-to @var{name}
@opindex encrypt-to
Same as @option{--recipient} but this one is intended for use in the
options file and may be used with your own user-id as an
"encrypt-to-self". It is suggested to use a fingerprint or at least a
long keyID for @var{name}. These keys are only used when there are
other recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the
asked user id. No trust checking is performed for these user ids and
even disabled keys can be used.
@item --hidden-encrypt-to @var{name}
@opindex hidden-encrypt-to
Same as @option{--hidden-recipient} but this one is intended for use
in the options file and may be used with your own user-id as a hidden
"encrypt-to-self". It is suggested to use a fingerprint or at least a
long keyID for @var{name}. These keys are only used when there are
other recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the
asked user id. No trust checking is performed for these user ids and
even disabled keys can be used.
@item --no-encrypt-to
@opindex no-encrypt-to
Disable the use of all @option{--encrypt-to} and
@option{--hidden-encrypt-to} keys.
@item --group @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex group
Sets up a named group, which is similar to aliases in email programs.
Any time the group name is a recipient (@option{-r} or
@option{--recipient}), it will be expanded to the values
specified. Multiple groups with the same name are automatically merged
into a single group.
The values are @code{key IDs} or fingerprints, but any key description
is accepted. Note that a value with spaces in it will be treated as
two different values. Note also there is only one level of expansion
--- you cannot make an group that points to another group. When used
from the command line, it may be necessary to quote the argument to
this option to prevent the shell from treating it as multiple
arguments.
@item --ungroup @var{name}
@opindex ungroup
Remove a given entry from the @option{--group} list.
@item --no-groups
@opindex no-groups
Remove all entries from the @option{--group} list.
@item --local-user @var{name}
@itemx -u
@opindex local-user
Use @var{name} as the key to sign with. Note that this option overrides
@option{--default-key}.
@item --sender @var{mbox}
@opindex sender
This option has two purposes. @var{mbox} must either be a complete
user ID containing a proper mail address or just a plain mail address.
The option can be given multiple times.
When creating a signature this option tells gpg the signing key's user
id used to make the signature and embeds that user ID into the created
signature (using OpenPGP's ``Signer's User ID'' subpacket). If the
option is given multiple times a suitable user ID is picked. However,
if the signing key was specified directly by using a mail address
(i.e., not by using a fingerprint or key ID) this option is used and
the mail address is embedded in the created signature.
When verifying a signature @var{mbox} is used to restrict the
information printed by the TOFU code to matching user IDs. If the
option is used and the signature contains a ``Signer's User ID''
subpacket that information is is also used to restrict the printed
information. Note that GnuPG considers only the mail address part of
a User ID.
If this option or the said subpacket is available the TRUST lines as
printed by option @option{status-fd} correspond to the corresponding
User ID; if no User ID is known the TRUST lines are computed directly
on the key and do not give any information about the User ID. In the
latter case it his highly recommended to scripts and other frontends
to evaluate the VALIDSIG line, retrieve the key and print all User IDs
along with their validity (trust) information.
@item --try-secret-key @var{name}
@opindex try-secret-key
For hidden recipients GPG needs to know the keys to use for trial
decryption. The key set with @option{--default-key} is always tried
first, but this is often not sufficient. This option allows setting more
keys to be used for trial decryption. Although any valid user-id
specification may be used for @var{name} it makes sense to use at least
the long keyid to avoid ambiguities. Note that gpg-agent might pop up a
pinentry for a lot keys to do the trial decryption. If you want to stop
all further trial decryption you may use close-window button instead of
the cancel button.
@item --try-all-secrets
@opindex try-all-secrets
Don't look at the key ID as stored in the message but try all secret
keys in turn to find the right decryption key. This option forces the
behaviour as used by anonymous recipients (created by using
@option{--throw-keyids} or @option{--hidden-recipient}) and might come
handy in case where an encrypted message contains a bogus key ID.
@item --skip-hidden-recipients
@itemx --no-skip-hidden-recipients
@opindex skip-hidden-recipients
@opindex no-skip-hidden-recipients
During decryption skip all anonymous recipients. This option helps in
the case that people use the hidden recipients feature to hide their
own encrypt-to key from others. If one has many secret keys this
may lead to a major annoyance because all keys are tried in turn to
decrypt something which was not really intended for it. The drawback
of this option is that it is currently not possible to decrypt a
message which includes real anonymous recipients.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** INPUT AND OUTPUT ***************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Input and Output
@subsection Input and Output
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --armor
@itemx -a
@opindex armor
Create ASCII armored output. The default is to create the binary
OpenPGP format.
@item --no-armor
@opindex no-armor
Assume the input data is not in ASCII armored format.
@item --output @var{file}
@itemx -o @var{file}
@opindex output
Write output to @var{file}. To write to stdout use @code{-} as the
filename.
@item --max-output @var{n}
@opindex max-output
This option sets a limit on the number of bytes that will be generated
when processing a file. Since OpenPGP supports various levels of
compression, it is possible that the plaintext of a given message may be
significantly larger than the original OpenPGP message. While GnuPG
works properly with such messages, there is often a desire to set a
maximum file size that will be generated before processing is forced to
stop by the OS limits. Defaults to 0, which means "no limit".
@item --chunk-size @var{n}
@opindex chunk-size
The AEAD encryption mode encrypts the data in chunks so that a
receiving side can check for transmission errors or tampering at the
end of each chunk and does not need to delay this until all data has
been received. The used chunk size is 2^@var{n} byte. The lowest
allowed value for @var{n} is 6 (64 byte) and the largest is the
default of 22 which creates chunks not larger than 4 MiB.
@item --input-size-hint @var{n}
@opindex input-size-hint
This option can be used to tell GPG the size of the input data in
bytes. @var{n} must be a positive base-10 number. This option is
only useful if the input is not taken from a file. GPG may use this
hint to optimize its buffer allocation strategy. It is also used by
the @option{--status-fd} line ``PROGRESS'' to provide a value for
``total'' if that is not available by other means.
@item --key-origin @var{string}[,@var{url}]
@opindex key-origin
gpg can track the origin of a key. Certain origins are implicitly
known (e.g., keyserver, web key directory) and set. For a standard
import the origin of the keys imported can be set with this option.
To list the possible values use "help" for @var{string}. Some origins
can store an optional @var{url} argument. That URL can appended to
@var{string} after a comma.
@item --import-options @var{parameters}
@opindex import-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for
importing keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the
opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item import-local-sigs
Allow importing key signatures marked as "local". This is not
generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used.
Defaults to no.
@item keep-ownertrust
Normally possible still existing ownertrust values of a key are
cleared if a key is imported. This is in general desirable so that
a formerly deleted key does not automatically gain an ownertrust
values merely due to import. On the other hand it is sometimes
necessary to re-import a trusted set of keys again but keeping
already assigned ownertrust values. This can be achieved by using
this option.
@item repair-pks-subkey-bug
During import, attempt to repair the damage caused by the PKS keyserver
bug (pre version 0.9.6) that mangles keys with multiple subkeys. Note
that this cannot completely repair the damaged key as some crucial data
is removed by the keyserver, but it does at least give you back one
subkey. Defaults to no for regular @option{--import} and to yes for
keyserver @option{--receive-keys}.
@item import-show
@itemx show-only
Show a listing of the key as imported right before it is stored.
This can be combined with the option @option{--dry-run} to only look
at keys; the option @option{show-only} is a shortcut for this
combination. The command @option{--show-keys} is another shortcut
for this. Note that suffixes like '#' for "sec" and "sbb" lines
may or may not be printed.
@item import-export
Run the entire import code but instead of storing the key to the
local keyring write it to the output. The export option
@option{export-dane} affect the output. This option can for example
be used to remove all invalid parts from a key without the
need to store it.
@item merge-only
During import, allow key updates to existing keys, but do not allow
any new keys to be imported. Defaults to no.
@item import-clean
After import, compact (remove all signatures except the
self-signature) any user IDs from the new key that are not usable.
Then, remove any signatures from the new key that are not usable.
This includes signatures that were issued by keys that are not present
on the keyring. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key}
command "clean" after import. Defaults to no.
@item self-sigs-only
Accept only self-signatures while importing a key. All other key
signatures are skipped at an early import stage. This option can be
used with @code{keyserver-options} to mitigate attempts to flood a
key with bogus signatures from a keyserver. The drawback is that
all other valid key signatures, as required by the Web of Trust are
also not imported. Note that when using this option along with
import-clean it suppresses the final clean step after merging the
imported key into the existing key.
@item ignore-attributes
Ignore all attribute user IDs (photo IDs) and their signatures while
importing a key.
@item repair-keys
After import, fix various problems with the
keys. For example, this reorders signatures, and strips duplicate
signatures. Defaults to yes.
@item bulk-import
When used the keyboxd (option @option{use-keyboxd} in @file{common.conf})
does the import within a single
transaction.
@item import-minimal
Import the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except
the most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the
same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" after import.
Defaults to no.
@item restore
@itemx import-restore
Import in key restore mode. This imports all data which is usually
skipped during import; including all GnuPG specific data. All other
contradicting options are overridden.
@end table
@item --import-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@}
@itemx --export-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@}
@opindex import-filter
@opindex export-filter
These options define an import/export filter which are applied to the
imported/exported keyblock right before it will be stored/written.
@var{name} defines the type of filter to use, @var{expr} the
expression to evaluate. The option can be used several times which
then appends more expression to the same @var{name}.
@noindent
The available filter types are:
@table @asis
@item keep-uid
This filter will keep a user id packet and its dependent packets in
the keyblock if the expression evaluates to true.
@item drop-subkey
This filter drops the selected subkeys.
Currently only implemented for @option{--export-filter}.
@item drop-sig
This filter drops the selected key signatures on user ids.
Self-signatures are not considered.
Currently only implemented for @option{--import-filter}.
@item select
This filter is only implemented by @option{--list-filter}. All
property names may be used.
@end table
For the syntax of the expression see the chapter "FILTER EXPRESSIONS".
The property names for the expressions depend on the actual filter
type and are indicated in the following table. Note that all property
names may also be used by @option{--list-filter}.
Property names may be prefix with a scope delimited by a slash. Valid
scopes are "pub" for public and secret primary keys, "sub" for public
and secret subkeys, "uid" for for user-ID packets, and "sig" for
signature packets. Invalid scopes are currently ignored.
The available properties are:
@table @asis
@item uid
A string with the user id. (keep-uid)
@item mbox
The addr-spec part of a user id with mailbox or the empty string.
(keep-uid)
@item algostr
A string with the key algorithm description. For example "rsa3072"
or "ed25519".
@item key_algo
A number with the public key algorithm of a key or subkey packet.
(drop-subkey)
@item key_size
A number with the effective key size of a key or subkey packet.
(drop-subkey)
@item key_created
@itemx key_created_d
The first is the timestamp a public key or subkey packet was
created. The second is the same but given as an ISO string,
e.g., "2016-08-17". (drop-subkey)
@item key_expires
@itemx key_expires_d
The expiration time of a public key or subkey or 0 if it does not
expire. The second is the same but given as an ISO date string or
an empty string e.g., "2038-01-19".
@item fpr
The hexified fingerprint of the current subkey or primary key.
(drop-subkey)
@item primary
Boolean indicating whether the user id is the primary one. (keep-uid)
@item expired
Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid), a key (drop-subkey), or a
signature (drop-sig) expired.
@item revoked
Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid) or a key (drop-subkey) has
been revoked.
@item disabled
Boolean indicating whether a primary key is disabled.
@item secret
Boolean indicating whether a key or subkey is a secret one.
(drop-subkey)
@item usage
A string indicating the usage flags for the subkey, from the
sequence ``ecsa?''. For example, a subkey capable of just signing
and authentication would be an exact match for ``sa''. (drop-subkey)
@item sig_created
@itemx sig_created_d
The first is the timestamp a signature packet was created. The
second is the same but given as an ISO date string,
e.g., "2016-08-17". (drop-sig)
@item sig_expires
@itemx sig_expires_d
The expiration time of a signature packet or 0 if it does not
expire. The second is the same but given as an ISO date string or
an empty string e.g. "2038-01-19".
@item sig_algo
A number with the public key algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig)
@item sig_digest_algo
A number with the digest algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig)
@item origin
A string with the key origin or a question mark. For example the
string ``wkd'' is used if a key originated from a Web Key Directory
lookup.
@item lastupd
The timestamp the key was last updated from a keyserver or the Web
Key Directory.
@item url
A string with the the URL associated with the last key lookup.
@end table
@item --export-options @var{parameters}
@opindex export-options
This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for
exporting keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the
opposite meaning. The options are:
@table @asis
@item export-local-sigs
Allow exporting key signatures marked as "local". This is not
generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used.
Defaults to no.
@item export-attributes
Include attribute user IDs (photo IDs) while exporting. Not
including attribute user IDs is useful to export keys that are going
to be used by an OpenPGP program that does not accept attribute user
IDs. Defaults to yes.
@item export-sensitive-revkeys
Include designated revoker information that was marked as
"sensitive". Defaults to no.
@c Since GnuPG 2.1 gpg-agent manages the secret key and thus the
@c export-reset-subkey-passwd hack is not anymore justified. Such use
@c cases may be implemented using a specialized secret key export
@c tool.
@c @item export-reset-subkey-passwd
@c When using the @option{--export-secret-subkeys} command, this option resets
@c the passphrases for all exported subkeys to empty. This is useful
@c when the exported subkey is to be used on an unattended machine where
@c a passphrase doesn't necessarily make sense. Defaults to no.
@item backup
@itemx export-backup
Export for use as a backup. The exported data includes all data
which is needed to restore the key or keys later with GnuPG. The
format is basically the OpenPGP format but enhanced with GnuPG
specific data. All other contradicting options are overridden.
@item export-clean
Compact (remove all signatures from) user IDs on the key being
exported if the user IDs are not usable. Also, do not export any
signatures that are not usable. This includes signatures that were
issued by keys that are not present on the keyring. This option is
the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "clean" before export
except that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to
no.
@item export-minimal
Export the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except the
most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the same as
running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" before export except
that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to no.
@item export-revocs
Export only standalone revocation certificates of the key. This
option does not export revocations of 3rd party certificate
revocations.
@item export-dane
Instead of outputting the key material output OpenPGP DANE records
suitable to put into DNS zone files. An ORIGIN line is printed before
each record to allow diverting the records to the corresponding zone
file.
@item mode1003
Enable the use of a new secret key export format. This format
avoids the re-encryption as required with the current OpenPGP format
and also improves the security of the secret key if it has been
protected with a passphrase. Note that an unprotected key is
exported as-is and thus not secure; the general rule to convey
secret keys in an OpenPGP encrypted file still applies with this
mode. Versions of GnuPG before 2.4.0 are not able to import such a
secret file.
@end table
@item --with-colons
@opindex with-colons
Print key listings delimited by colons. Note that the output will be
encoded in UTF-8 regardless of any @option{--display-charset} setting. This
format is useful when GnuPG is called from scripts and other programs
as it is easily machine parsed. The details of this format are
documented in the file @file{doc/DETAILS}, which is included in the GnuPG
source distribution.
@item --fixed-list-mode
@opindex fixed-list-mode
Do not merge primary user ID and primary key in @option{--with-colon}
listing mode and print all timestamps as seconds since 1970-01-01.
Since GnuPG 2.0.10, this mode is always used and thus this option is
obsolete; it does not harm to use it though.
@item --legacy-list-mode
@opindex legacy-list-mode
Revert to the pre-2.1 public key list mode. This only affects the
human readable output and not the machine interface
(i.e., @code{--with-colons}). Note that the legacy format does not
convey suitable information for elliptic curves.
@item --with-fingerprint
@opindex with-fingerprint
Same as the command @option{--fingerprint} but changes only the format
of the output and may be used together with another command.
@item --with-subkey-fingerprint
@itemx --without-subkey-fingerprint
@opindex with-subkey-fingerprint
@opindex without-subkey-fingerprint
If a fingerprint is printed for the primary key, this option forces
printing of the fingerprint for all subkeys. This could also be
achieved by using the @option{--with-fingerprint} twice but by using
this option along with the default keyid-format "none" a compact
fingerprint is printed. Since version 2.6.0 this option is active by
default; use the ``without'' variant to disable it.
@item --with-v5-fingerprint
@opindex with-v5-fingerprint
In a colon mode listing emit "fp2" lines for version 4 OpenPGP keys
having a v5 style fingerprint of the key.
@item --with-icao-spelling
@opindex with-icao-spelling
Print the ICAO spelling of the fingerprint in addition to the hex digits.
@item --with-keygrip
@opindex with-keygrip
Include the keygrip in the key listings. In @code{--with-colons} mode
this is implicitly enable for secret keys.
@item --with-key-origin
@opindex with-key-origin
Include the locally held information on the origin and last update of
a key in a key listing. In @code{--with-colons} mode this is always
printed. This data is currently experimental and shall not be
considered part of the stable API.
@item --with-wkd-hash
@opindex with-wkd-hash
Print a Web Key Directory identifier along with each user ID in key
listings. This is an experimental feature and semantics may change.
@item --with-secret
@opindex with-secret
Include info about the presence of a secret key in public key listings
done with @code{--with-colons}.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** OPENPGP OPTIONS ****************
@c *******************************************
@node OpenPGP Options
@subsection OpenPGP protocol specific options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --force-ocb
@itemx --force-aead
@opindex force-ocb
@opindex force-aead
Force the use of AEAD encryption over MDC encryption. AEAD is a
modern and faster way to do authenticated encryption than the old MDC
method. @option{--force-aead} is an alias and deprecated. See also
option @option{--chunk-size}.
@item --force-mdc
@itemx --disable-mdc
@opindex force-mdc
@opindex disable-mdc
These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.2.8. The
MDC is always used unless the keys indicate that an AEAD algorithm can
be used in which case AEAD is used. But note: If the creation of a
legacy non-MDC message is exceptionally required, the option
@option{--rfc2440} allows for this.
@item --disable-signer-uid
@opindex disable-signer-uid
By default the user ID of the signing key is embedded in the data signature.
As of now this is only done if the signing key has been specified with
@option{local-user} using a mail address, or with @option{sender}. This
information can be helpful for verifier to locate the key; see option
@option{--auto-key-retrieve}.
@item --include-key-block
@itemx --no-include-key-block
@opindex include-key-block
@opindex no-include-key-block
This option is used to embed the actual signing key into a data
signature. The embedded key is stripped down to a single user id and
includes only the signing subkey used to create the signature as well
as as valid encryption subkeys. All other info is removed from the
key to keep it and thus the signature small. This option is the
OpenPGP counterpart to the @command{gpgsm} option
@option{--include-certs} and allows the recipient of a signed message
to reply encrypted to the sender without using any online directories
to lookup the key. The default is @option{--no-include-key-block}.
See also the option @option{--auto-key-import}.
@item --personal-cipher-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-cipher-preferences
Set the list of personal cipher preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked cipher in this list is also
used for the @option{--symmetric} encryption command.
@item --personal-digest-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-digest-preferences
Set the list of personal digest preferences to @var{string}. Use
@command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms,
and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user
to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key
preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by
all recipients. The most highly ranked digest algorithm in this list
is also used when signing without encryption
(e.g., @option{--clear-sign} or @option{--sign}).
@item --personal-compress-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-compress-preferences
Set the list of personal compression preferences to @var{string}.
Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available
algorithms, and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This
allows the user to safely override the algorithm chosen by the
recipient key preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that
is usable by all recipients. The most highly ranked compression
algorithm in this list is also used when there are no recipient keys
to consider (e.g., @option{--symmetric}).
@item --s2k-cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex s2k-cipher-algo
Use @var{name} as the cipher algorithm for symmetric encryption with
a passphrase if @option{--personal-cipher-preferences} and
@option{--cipher-algo} are not given. The default is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}.
@item --s2k-digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex s2k-digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the digest algorithm used to mangle the passphrases
for symmetric encryption. The default is SHA-1.
@item --s2k-mode @var{n}
@opindex s2k-mode
Selects how passphrases for symmetric encryption are mangled. If
@var{n} is 0 a plain passphrase (which is in general not recommended)
will be used, a 1 adds a salt (which should not be used) to the
passphrase and a 3 (the default) iterates the whole process a number
of times (see @option{--s2k-count}).
@item --s2k-count @var{n}
@opindex s2k-count
Specify how many times the passphrases mangling for symmetric
encryption is repeated. This value may range between 1024 and
65011712 inclusive. The default is inquired from gpg-agent. Note
that not all values in the 1024--65011712 range are legal and if an
illegal value is selected, GnuPG will round up to the nearest legal
value. This option is only meaningful if @option{--s2k-mode} is set
to the default of 3.
@end table
@c ***************************
@c ******* Compliance ********
@c ***************************
@node Compliance Options
@subsection Compliance options
These options control what GnuPG is compliant to. Only one of these
options may be active at a time. Note that the default setting of
this is nearly always the correct one. See the INTEROPERABILITY WITH
OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below before using one of these
options.
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item --gnupg
@opindex gnupg
Use standard GnuPG behavior. This is essentially OpenPGP behavior (see
@option{--openpgp}), but with extension from the proposed update to
OpenPGP and with some additional workarounds for common compatibility
problems in different versions of PGP. This is the default option, so
it is not generally needed, but it may be useful to override a
different compliance option in the gpg.conf file.
@item --openpgp
@opindex openpgp
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict OpenPGP
behavior. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. Use
this option to reset all previous options like @option{--s2k-*},
@option{--cipher-algo}, @option{--digest-algo} and
@option{--compress-algo} to OpenPGP compliant values. All PGP
workarounds are disabled.
@item --rfc4880
@opindex rfc4880
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-4880
behavior. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}.
Note that this is currently the same thing as @option{--openpgp}.
@item --rfc4880bis
@opindex rfc4880bis
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict according to the
proposed updates of RFC-4880.
@item --rfc2440
@opindex rfc2440
Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-2440
behavior. Note that by using this option encryption packets are
created in a legacy mode without MDC protection. This is dangerous
and should thus only be used for experiments. This option implies
@option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. See also option
@option{--ignore-mdc-error}.
@item --pgp6
@opindex pgp6
This option is obsolete; it is handled as an alias for @option{--pgp7}
@item --pgp7
@opindex pgp7
Set up all options to be as PGP 7 compliant as possible. This allowed
the ciphers IDEA, 3DES, CAST5,AES128, AES192, AES256, and TWOFISH.,
the hashes MD5, SHA1 and RIPEMD160, and the compression algorithms
none and ZIP. This option implies @option{--escape-from-lines} and
disables @option{--throw-keyids},
@item --pgp8
@opindex pgp8
Set up all options to be as PGP 8 compliant as possible. PGP 8 is a lot
closer to the OpenPGP standard than previous versions of PGP, so all
this does is disable @option{--throw-keyids} and set
@option{--escape-from-lines}. All algorithms are allowed except for the
SHA224, SHA384, and SHA512 digests.
@item --compliance @var{string}
@opindex compliance
This option can be used instead of one of the options above. Valid
values for @var{string} are the above option names (without the double
dash) and possibly others as shown when using "help" for @var{string}.
@item --min-rsa-length @var{n}
@opindex min-rsa-length
This option adjusts the compliance mode "de-vs" for stricter key size
requirements. For example, a value of 3000 turns rsa2048 and dsa2048
keys into non-VS-NfD compliant keys.
@item --require-pqc-encryption
@opindex require-pqc-encryption
This option forces the use of quantum-resistant encryption algorithms.
If not all public keys are quantum-resistant the encryption will fail.
On decryption a warning is printed for all non-quantum-resistant keys.
As of now the Kyber (ML-KEM768 and ML-KEM1024) algorithms are
considered quantum-resistant; Kyber is always used in a composite
scheme along with a classic ECC algorithm.
@item --require-compliance
@opindex require-compliance
To check that data has been encrypted according to the rules of the
current compliance mode, a gpg user needs to evaluate the status
lines. This is allows frontends to handle compliance check in a more
flexible way. However, for scripted use the required evaluation of
the status-line requires quite some effort; this option can be used
instead to make sure that the gpg process exits with a failure if the
compliance rules are not fulfilled. Note that this option has
currently an effect only in "de-vs" mode.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c ******** ESOTERIC OPTIONS ***************
@c *******************************************
@node GPG Esoteric Options
@subsection Doing things one usually doesn't want to do
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item -n
@itemx --dry-run
@opindex dry-run
Don't make any changes (this is not completely implemented).
@item --list-only
@opindex list-only
Changes the behaviour of some commands. This is like @option{--dry-run} but
different in some cases. The semantic of this option may be extended in
the future. Currently it only skips the actual decryption pass and
therefore enables a fast listing of the encryption keys.
@item -i
@itemx --interactive
@opindex interactive
Prompt before overwriting any files.
@item --compatibility-flags @var{flags}
@opindex compatibility-flags
Set compatibility flags to work around problems due to non-compliant
keys or data. The @var{flags} are given as a comma separated
list of flag names and are OR-ed together. The special flag "none"
clears the list and allows one to start over with an empty list. To get a
list of available flags the sole word "help" can be used.
@item --debug-level @var{level}
@opindex debug-level
Select the debug level for investigating problems. @var{level} may be
a numeric value or by a keyword:
@table @code
@item none
No debugging at all. A value of less than 1 may be used instead of
the keyword.
@item basic
Some basic debug messages. A value between 1 and 2 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item advanced
More verbose debug messages. A value between 3 and 5 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item expert
Even more detailed messages. A value between 6 and 8 may be used
instead of the keyword.
@item guru
All of the debug messages you can get. A value greater than 8 may be
used instead of the keyword. The creation of hash tracing files is
only enabled if the keyword is used.
@end table
How these messages are mapped to the actual debugging flags is not
specified and may change with newer releases of this program. They are
however carefully selected to best aid in debugging.
@item --debug @var{flags}
@opindex debug
Set debug flags. All flags are or-ed and @var{flags} may be given
in C syntax (e.g., 0x0042) or as a comma separated list of flag names.
To get a list of all supported flags the single word "help" can be
used. This option is only useful for debugging and the behavior may
change at any time without notice.
@item --debug-all
@opindex debug-all
Set all useful debugging flags.
@item --debug-iolbf
@opindex debug-iolbf
Set stdout into line buffered mode. This option is only honored when
given on the command line.
@item --debug-set-iobuf-size @var{n}
@opindex debug-iolbf
Change the buffer size of the IOBUFs to @var{n} kilobyte. Using 0
prints the current size. Note well: This is a maintainer only option
and may thus be changed or removed at any time without notice.
@item --debug-allow-large-chunks
@opindex debug-allow-large-chunks
To facilitate software tests and experiments this option allows one to
specify a limit of up to 4 EiB (@code{--chunk-size 62}).
@item --debug-ignore-expiration
@opindex debug-ignore-expiration
This option tries to override certain key expiration dates. It is
only useful for certain regression tests.
@item --faked-system-time @var{epoch}
@opindex faked-system-time
This option is only useful for testing; it sets the system time back
or forth to @var{epoch} which is the number of seconds elapsed since
the year 1970. Alternatively @var{epoch} may be given as a full ISO
time string (e.g., "20070924T154812").
If you suffix @var{epoch} with an exclamation mark (!), the system time
will appear to be frozen at the specified time.
@item --full-timestrings
@opindex full-timestrings
Change the format of printed creation and expiration times from just
the date to the date and time. This is in general not useful and the
same information is anyway available in @option{--with-colons} mode.
These longer strings are also not well aligned with other printed
data.
@item --enable-progress-filter
@opindex enable-progress-filter
Enable certain PROGRESS status outputs. This option allows frontends
to display a progress indicator while gpg is processing larger files.
There is a slight performance overhead using it.
@item --status-fd @var{n}
@opindex status-fd
Write special status strings to the file descriptor @var{n}.
See the file DETAILS in the documentation for a listing of them.
@item --status-file @var{file}
@opindex status-file
Same as @option{--status-fd}, except the status data is written to file
@var{file}.
@item --logger-fd @var{n}
@opindex logger-fd
Write log output to file descriptor @var{n} and not to STDERR.
@item --log-file @var{file}
@itemx --logger-file @var{file}
@opindex log-file
Same as @option{--logger-fd}, except the logger data is written to
file @var{file}. Use @file{socket://} to log to s socket.
@item --log-time
@opindex log-time
Prefix all log output with a timestamp even if no log file is used.
@item --attribute-fd @var{n}
@opindex attribute-fd
Write attribute subpackets to the file descriptor @var{n}. This is most
useful for use with @option{--status-fd}, since the status messages are
needed to separate out the various subpackets from the stream delivered
to the file descriptor.
@item --attribute-file @var{file}
@opindex attribute-file
Same as @option{--attribute-fd}, except the attribute data is written to
file @var{file}.
@item --comment @var{string}
@itemx --no-comments
@opindex comment
Use @var{string} as a comment string in cleartext signatures and ASCII
armored messages or keys (see @option{--armor}). The default behavior is
not to use a comment string. @option{--comment} may be repeated multiple
times to get multiple comment strings. @option{--no-comments} removes
all comments. It is a good idea to keep the length of a single comment
below 60 characters to avoid problems with mail programs wrapping such
lines. Note that comment lines, like all other header lines, are not
protected by the signature.
@item --emit-version
@itemx --no-emit-version
@opindex emit-version
Force inclusion of the version string in ASCII armored output. If
given once only the name of the program and the major number is
emitted, given twice the minor is also emitted, given thrice
the micro is added, and given four times an operating system identification
is also emitted. @option{--no-emit-version} (default) disables the version
line.
@item --sig-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@itemx --cert-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@itemx -N, --set-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@}
@opindex sig-notation
@opindex cert-notation
@opindex set-notation
Put the name value pair into the signature as notation data.
@var{name} must consist only of printable characters or spaces, and
must contain a '@@' character in the form keyname@@domain.example.com
(substituting the appropriate keyname and domain name, of course). This
is to help prevent pollution of the IETF reserved notation
namespace. The @option{--expert} flag overrides the '@@'
check. @var{value} may be any printable string; it will be encoded in
UTF-8, so you should check that your @option{--display-charset} is set
correctly. If you prefix @var{name} with an exclamation mark (!), the
notation data will be flagged as critical
(rfc4880:5.2.3.16). @option{--sig-notation} sets a notation for data
signatures. @option{--cert-notation} sets a notation for key signatures
(certifications). @option{--set-notation} sets both.
There are special codes that may be used in notation names. "%k" will
be expanded into the key ID of the key being signed, "%K" into the
long key ID of the key being signed, "%f" into the fingerprint of the
key being signed, "%s" into the key ID of the key making the
signature, "%S" into the long key ID of the key making the signature,
"%g" into the fingerprint of the key making the signature (which might
be a subkey), "%p" into the fingerprint of the primary key of the key
making the signature, "%c" into the signature count from the OpenPGP
smartcard, and "%%" results in a single "%". %k, %K, and %f are only
meaningful when making a key signature (certification), and %c is only
meaningful when using the OpenPGP smartcard.
@item --known-notation @var{name}
@opindex known-notation
Adds @var{name} to a list of known critical signature notations. The
effect of this is that gpg will not mark a signature with a critical
signature notation of that name as bad. Note that gpg already knows
by default about a few critical signatures notation names.
@item --sig-policy-url @var{string}
@itemx --cert-policy-url @var{string}
@itemx --set-policy-url @var{string}
@opindex sig-policy-url
@opindex cert-policy-url
@opindex set-policy-url
Use @var{string} as a Policy URL for signatures (rfc4880:5.2.3.20). If
you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the policy URL packet will
be flagged as critical. @option{--sig-policy-url} sets a policy url for
data signatures. @option{--cert-policy-url} sets a policy url for key
signatures (certifications). @option{--set-policy-url} sets both.
The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well.
@item --sig-keyserver-url @var{string}
@opindex sig-keyserver-url
Use @var{string} as a preferred keyserver URL for data signatures. If
you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the keyserver URL packet
will be flagged as critical.
The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well.
@item --set-filename @var{string}
@opindex set-filename
Use @var{string} as the filename which is stored inside messages.
This overrides the default, which is to use the actual filename of the
file being encrypted. Using the empty string for @var{string}
effectively removes the filename from the output.
@item --for-your-eyes-only
@itemx --no-for-your-eyes-only
@opindex for-your-eyes-only
Set the `for your eyes only' flag in the message. This causes GnuPG to
refuse to save the file unless the @option{--output} option is given,
and PGP to use a "secure viewer" with a claimed Tempest-resistant font
to display the message. This option overrides @option{--set-filename}.
@option{--no-for-your-eyes-only} disables this option.
@item --use-embedded-filename
@itemx --no-use-embedded-filename
@opindex use-embedded-filename
Try to create a file with a name as embedded in the data. This can be
a dangerous option as it enables overwriting files by giving the
sender control on how to store files. Defaults to no.
Note that the option @option{--output} overrides this option.
A better approach than using this option is to decrypt to a temporary
filename and then rename that file to the embedded file name after
checking that the embedded filename is harmless. When using the
@option{--status-fd} option gpg tells the filename as part of the
PLAINTEXT status message. If the filename is important, the use of
@command{gpgtar} is another option because gpgtar will never overwrite
a file but decrypt the files to a new directory.
Note also that unless a modern version 5 signature is used the
embedded filename is not part of the signed data.
@item --cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex cipher-algo
Use @var{name} as cipher algorithm. Running the program with the
command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. If
this is not used the cipher algorithm is selected from the preferences
stored with the key. In general, you do not want to use this option as
it allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option
@option{--personal-cipher-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish the
same thing.
@item --digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm. Running the program
with the command @option{--version} yields a list of supported
algorithms. In general, you do not want to use this option as it
allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option
@option{--personal-digest-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish
the same thing.
@item --compress-algo @var{name}
@opindex compress-algo
Use compression algorithm @var{name}. "zlib" is RFC-1950 ZLIB
compression. "zip" is RFC-1951 ZIP compression which is used by PGP.
"bzip2" is a more modern compression scheme that can compress some
things better than zip or zlib, but at the cost of more memory used
during compression and decompression. "uncompressed" or "none"
disables compression. If this option is not used, the default
behavior is to examine the recipient key preferences to see which
algorithms the recipient supports. If all else fails, ZIP is used for
maximum compatibility.
ZLIB may give better compression results than ZIP, as the compression
window size is not limited to 8k. BZIP2 may give even better
compression results than that, but will use a significantly larger
amount of memory while compressing and decompressing. This may be
significant in low memory situations. Note, however, that PGP (all
versions) only supports ZIP compression. Using any algorithm other
than ZIP or "none" will make the message unreadable with PGP. In
general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to
violate the OpenPGP standard. The option
@option{--personal-compress-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish
the same thing.
@item --cert-digest-algo @var{name}
@opindex cert-digest-algo
Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm used when signing a
key. Running the program with the command @option{--version} yields a
list of supported algorithms. Be aware that if you choose an
algorithm that GnuPG supports but other OpenPGP implementations do
not, then some users will not be able to use the key signatures you
make, or quite possibly your entire key. Note also that a public key
algorithm must be compatible with the specified digest algorithm; thus
selecting an arbitrary digest algorithm may result in error messages
from lower crypto layers or lead to security flaws.
@item --disable-cipher-algo @var{name}
@opindex disable-cipher-algo
Never allow the use of @var{name} as cipher algorithm.
The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm
will still get disabled.
@item --disable-pubkey-algo @var{name}
@opindex disable-pubkey-algo
Never allow the use of @var{name} as public key algorithm.
The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm
will still get disabled.
@item --throw-keyids
@itemx --no-throw-keyids
@opindex throw-keyids
Do not put the recipient key IDs into encrypted messages. This helps to
hide the receivers of the message and is a limited countermeasure
against traffic analysis.@footnote{Using a little social engineering
anyone who is able to decrypt the message can check whether one of the
other recipients is the one he suspects.} On the receiving side, it may
slow down the decryption process because all available secret keys must
be tried. @option{--no-throw-keyids} disables this option. This option
is essentially the same as using @option{--hidden-recipient} for all
recipients.
@item --not-dash-escaped
@opindex not-dash-escaped
This option changes the behavior of cleartext signatures
so that they can be used for patch files. You should not
send such an armored file via email because all spaces
and line endings are hashed too. You can not use this
option for data which has 5 dashes at the beginning of a
line, patch files don't have this. A special armor header
line tells GnuPG about this cleartext signature option.
@item --escape-from-lines
@itemx --no-escape-from-lines
@opindex escape-from-lines
Because some mailers change lines starting with "From " to ">From " it
is good to handle such lines in a special way when creating cleartext
signatures to prevent the mail system from breaking the signature. Note
that all other PGP versions do it this way too. Enabled by
default. @option{--no-escape-from-lines} disables this option.
@item --passphrase-repeat @var{n}
@opindex passphrase-repeat
Specify how many times @command{@gpgname} will request a new
passphrase be repeated. This is useful for helping memorize a
passphrase. Defaults to 1 repetition; can be set to 0 to disable any
passphrase repetition. Note that a @var{n} greater than 1 will pop up
the pinentry window @var{n}+1 times even if a modern pinentry with
two entry fields is used.
@item --passphrase-fd @var{n}
@opindex passphrase-fd
Read the passphrase from file descriptor @var{n}. Only the first line
will be read from file descriptor @var{n}. If you use 0 for @var{n},
the passphrase will be read from STDIN. This can only be used if only
one passphrase is supplied.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --passphrase-file @var{file}
@opindex passphrase-file
Read the passphrase from file @var{file}. Only the first line will
be read from file @var{file}. This can only be used if only one
passphrase is supplied. Obviously, a passphrase stored in a file is
of questionable security if other users can read this file. Don't use
this option if you can avoid it.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --passphrase @var{string}
@opindex passphrase
Use @var{string} as the passphrase. This can only be used if only one
passphrase is supplied. Obviously, this is of very questionable
security on a multi-user system. Don't use this option if you can
avoid it.
Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the
option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1
the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}.
@item --pinentry-mode @var{mode}
@opindex pinentry-mode
Set the pinentry mode to @var{mode}. Allowed values for @var{mode}
are:
@table @asis
@item default
Use the default of the agent, which is @code{ask}.
@item ask
Force the use of the Pinentry.
@item cancel
Emulate use of Pinentry's cancel button.
@item error
Return a Pinentry error (``No Pinentry'').
@item loopback
Redirect Pinentry queries to the caller. Note that in contrast to
Pinentry the user is not prompted again if he enters a bad password.
@end table
@item --no-symkey-cache
@opindex no-symkey-cache
Disable the passphrase cache used for symmetrical en- and decryption.
This cache is based on the message specific salt value
(cf.@: @option{--s2k-mode}).
@item --request-origin @var{origin}
@opindex request-origin
Tell gpg to assume that the operation ultimately originated at
@var{origin}. Depending on the origin certain restrictions are applied
and the Pinentry may include an extra note on the origin. Supported
values for @var{origin} are: @code{local} which is the default,
@code{remote} to indicate a remote origin or @code{browser} for an
operation requested by a web browser.
@item --command-fd @var{n}
@opindex command-fd
This is a replacement for the deprecated shared-memory IPC mode.
If this option is enabled, user input on questions is not expected
from the TTY but from the given file descriptor. It should be used
together with @option{--status-fd}. See the file doc/DETAILS in the source
distribution for details on how to use it.
@item --command-file @var{file}
@opindex command-file
Same as @option{--command-fd}, except the commands are read out of file
@var{file}
@item --allow-non-selfsigned-uid
@itemx --no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid
@opindex allow-non-selfsigned-uid
Allow the import and use of keys with user IDs which are not
self-signed. This is not recommended, as a non self-signed user ID is
trivial to forge. @option{--no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid} disables.
@item --allow-freeform-uid
@opindex allow-freeform-uid
Disable all checks on the form of the user ID while generating a new
one. This option should only be used in very special environments as
it does not ensure the de-facto standard format of user IDs.
@item --ignore-time-conflict
@opindex ignore-time-conflict
GnuPG normally checks that the timestamps associated with keys and
signatures have plausible values. However, sometimes a signature
seems to be older than the key due to clock problems. This option
makes these checks just a warning. See also @option{--ignore-valid-from} for
timestamp issues on subkeys.
@item --ignore-valid-from
@opindex ignore-valid-from
GnuPG normally does not select and use subkeys created in the future.
This option allows the use of such keys and thus exhibits the
pre-1.0.7 behaviour. You should not use this option unless there
is some clock problem. See also @option{--ignore-time-conflict} for timestamp
issues with signatures.
@item --ignore-crc-error
@opindex ignore-crc-error
The ASCII armor used by OpenPGP is protected by a CRC checksum against
transmission errors. Occasionally the CRC gets mangled somewhere on
the transmission channel but the actual content (which is protected by
the OpenPGP protocol anyway) is still okay. This option allows GnuPG
to ignore CRC errors.
@item --ignore-mdc-error
@opindex ignore-mdc-error
This option changes a MDC integrity protection failure into a warning.
It is required to decrypt old messages which did not use an MDC. It
may also be useful if a message is partially garbled, but it is
necessary to get as much data as possible out of that garbled message.
Be aware that a missing or failed MDC can be an indication of an
attack. Use with great caution; see also option @option{--rfc2440}.
@item --allow-old-cipher-algos
@opindex allow-old-cipher-algos
Old cipher algorithms like 3DES, IDEA, or CAST5 encrypt data using
blocks of 64 bits; modern algorithms use blocks of 128 bit instead.
To avoid certain attack on these old algorithms it is suggested not to
encrypt more than 150 MiByte using the same key. For this reason gpg
does not allow the use of 64 bit block size algorithms for encryption
unless this option is specified.
@item --allow-weak-digest-algos
@opindex allow-weak-digest-algos
Signatures made with known-weak digest algorithms are normally
rejected with an ``invalid digest algorithm'' message. This option
allows the verification of signatures made with such weak algorithms.
MD5 is the only digest algorithm considered weak by default. See also
@option{--weak-digest} to reject other digest algorithms.
@item --weak-digest @var{name}
@opindex weak-digest
Treat the specified digest algorithm as weak. Signatures made over
weak digests algorithms are normally rejected. This option can be
supplied multiple times if multiple algorithms should be considered
weak. See also @option{--allow-weak-digest-algos} to disable
rejection of weak digests. MD5 is always considered weak, and does
not need to be listed explicitly.
@item --allow-weak-key-signatures
@opindex allow-weak-key-signatures
To avoid a minor risk of collision attacks on third-party key
signatures made using SHA-1, those key signatures are considered
invalid. This options allows one to override this restriction.
@item --override-compliance-check
This was a temporary introduced option and has no more effect.
@item --no-default-keyring
@opindex no-default-keyring
Do not add the default keyring to the list of keyrings. Note that
GnuPG needs for almost all operations a keyring. Thus if you use this
option and do not provide alternate keyrings via @option{--keyring},
then GnuPG will still use the default keyring.
Note that if the option @option{use-keyboxd} is enabled in
@file{common.conf}, no keyrings are used at all and keys are all
maintained by the keyboxd process in its own database.
@item --no-keyring
@opindex no-keyring
Do not use any keyring at all. This overrides the default and all
options which specify keyrings.
@item --skip-verify
@opindex skip-verify
Skip the signature verification step. This may be
used to make the decryption faster if the signature
verification is not needed.
@item --with-key-data
@opindex with-key-data
Print key listings delimited by colons (like @option{--with-colons}) and
print the public key data.
@item --list-signatures
@opindex list-signatures
@itemx --list-sigs
@opindex list-sigs
Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the signatures are listed too. This
command has the same effect as using @option{--list-keys} with
@option{--with-sig-list}. Note that in contrast to
@option{--check-signatures} the key signatures are not verified. This
command can be used to create a list of signing keys missing in the
local keyring; for example:
@example
gpg --list-sigs --with-colons USERID | \
awk -F: '$1=="sig" && $2=="?" @{if($13)@{print $13@}else@{print $5@}@}'
@end example
@item --fast-list-mode
@opindex fast-list-mode
Changes the output of the list commands to work faster; this is achieved
by leaving some parts empty. Some applications don't need the user ID
and the trust information given in the listings. By using this options
they can get a faster listing. The exact behaviour of this option may
change in future versions. If you are missing some information, don't
use this option.
@item --no-literal
@opindex no-literal
This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful.
@item --set-filesize
@opindex set-filesize
This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful.
@item --show-session-key
@opindex show-session-key
Display the session key used for one message. See
@option{--override-session-key} for the counterpart of this option.
We think that Key Escrow is a Bad Thing; however the user should have
the freedom to decide whether to go to prison or to reveal the content
of one specific message without compromising all messages ever
encrypted for one secret key.
You can also use this option if you receive an encrypted message which
is abusive or offensive, to prove to the administrators of the
messaging system that the ciphertext transmitted corresponds to an
inappropriate plaintext so they can take action against the offending
user.
@item --override-session-key @var{string}
@itemx --override-session-key-fd @var{fd}
@opindex override-session-key
Don't use the public key but the session key @var{string} respective
the session key taken from the first line read from file descriptor
@var{fd}. The format of this string is the same as the one printed by
@option{--show-session-key}. This option is normally not used but
comes handy in case someone forces you to reveal the content of an
encrypted message; using this option you can do this without handing
out the secret key. Note that using @option{--override-session-key}
may reveal the session key to all local users via the global process
table. Often it is useful to combine this option with
@option{--no-keyring}.
@item --ask-sig-expire
@itemx --no-ask-sig-expire
@opindex ask-sig-expire
When making a data signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this
option is not specified, the expiration time set via
@option{--default-sig-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-sig-expire}
disables this option.
@item --default-sig-expire
@opindex default-sig-expire
The default expiration time to use for signature expiration. Valid
values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the letter d
(for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years) (for
example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an absolute
date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0".
@item --ask-cert-expire
@itemx --no-ask-cert-expire
@opindex ask-cert-expire
When making a key signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this
option is not specified, the expiration time set via
@option{--default-cert-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-cert-expire}
disables this option.
@item --default-cert-expire
@opindex default-cert-expire
The default expiration time to use for key signature expiration.
Valid values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the
letter d (for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years)
(for example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an
absolute date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0".
@item --default-new-key-algo @var{string}
@opindex default-new-key-algo @var{string}
This option can be used to change the default algorithms for key
generation. The @var{string} is similar to the arguments required for
the command @option{--quick-add-key} but slightly different. For
example the current default of @code{"rsa2048/cert,sign+rsa2048/encr"}
(or @code{"rsa3072"}) can be changed to the value of what we currently
call future default, which is @code{"ed25519/cert,sign+cv25519/encr"}.
You need to consult the source code to learn the details. Note that
the advanced key generation commands can always be used to specify a
key algorithm directly.
@item --no-auto-trust-new-key
@opindex no-auto-trust-new-key
When creating a new key the ownertrust of the new key is set to
ultimate. This option disables this and the user needs to manually
assign an ownertrust value.
@item --force-sign-key
@opindex force-sign-key
This option modifies the behaviour of the commands
@option{--quick-sign-key}, @option{--quick-lsign-key}, and the "sign"
sub-commands of @option{--edit-key} by forcing the creation of a key
signature, even if one already exists.
@item --forbid-gen-key
@opindex forbid-gen-key
This option is intended for use in the global config file to disallow
the use of generate key commands. Those commands will then fail with
the error code for Not Enabled.
@item --allow-secret-key-import
@opindex allow-secret-key-import
This is an obsolete option and is not used anywhere.
@item --allow-multiple-messages
@item --no-allow-multiple-messages
These are obsolete options; they have no more effect since GnuPG 2.2.8.
@item --enable-special-filenames
@opindex enable-special-filenames
This option enables a mode in which filenames of the form
@file{-&n}, where n is a non-negative decimal number,
refer to the file descriptor n and not to a file with that name.
@item --disable-fd-translation
@opindex disable-fd-translation
This option changes the behaviour for all following options to expect
libc file descriptors instead of HANDLE values on the command line.
The option has an effect only on Windows.
@item --no-expensive-trust-checks
@opindex no-expensive-trust-checks
Experimental use only.
@item --preserve-permissions
@opindex preserve-permissions
Don't change the permissions of a secret keyring back to user
read/write only. Use this option only if you really know what you are doing.
@item --default-preference-list @var{string}
@opindex default-preference-list
Set the list of default preferences to @var{string}. This preference
list is used for new keys and becomes the default for "setpref" in the
@option{--edit-key} menu.
@item --default-keyserver-url @var{name}
@opindex default-keyserver-url
Set the default keyserver URL to @var{name}. This keyserver will be
used as the keyserver URL when writing a new self-signature on a key,
which includes key generation and changing preferences.
@item --list-config
@opindex list-config
Display various internal configuration parameters of GnuPG. This option
is intended for external programs that call GnuPG to perform tasks, and
is thus not generally useful. See the file @file{doc/DETAILS} in the
source distribution for the details of which configuration items may be
listed. @option{--list-config} is only usable with
@option{--with-colons} set.
@item --list-gcrypt-config
@opindex list-gcrypt-config
Display various internal configuration parameters of Libgcrypt.
@item --gpgconf-list
@opindex gpgconf-list
This command is similar to @option{--list-config} but in general only
internally used by the @command{gpgconf} tool.
@item --gpgconf-test
@opindex gpgconf-test
This is more or less dummy action. However it parses the configuration
file and returns with failure if the configuration file would prevent
@command{@gpgname} from startup. Thus it may be used to run a syntax check
on the configuration file.
@c @item --use-only-openpgp-card
@c @opindex use-only-openpgp-card
@c Only access OpenPGP card's and no other cards. This is a hidden
@c option which could be used in case an old use case required the
@c OpenPGP card while several cards are available. This option might be
@c removed if it turns out that nobody requires it.
@item --chuid @var{uid}
@opindex chuid
Change the current user to @var{uid} which may either be a number or a
name. This can be used from the root account to run gpg for
another user. If @var{uid} is not the current UID a standard PATH is
set and the envvar GNUPGHOME is unset. To override the latter the
option @option{--homedir} can be used. This option has only an effect
when used on the command line. This option has currently no effect at
all on Windows.
@end table
@c *******************************
@c ******* Deprecated ************
@c *******************************
@node Deprecated Options
@subsection Deprecated options
@table @gnupgtabopt
@item -t, --textmode
@itemx --no-textmode
@opindex textmode
Treat input files as text and store them in the OpenPGP canonical text
form with standard "CRLF" line endings. This also sets the necessary
flags to inform the recipient that the encrypted or signed data is text
and may need its line endings converted back to whatever the local
system uses. This option was useful when communicating between two
platforms with different line ending conventions (UNIX-like to Mac,
Mac to Windows, etc). @option{--no-textmode} disables this option, and
is the default. Note that this is a legacy option which should not
anymore be used by any modern software.
@item --force-v3-sigs
@itemx --no-force-v3-sigs
@item --force-v4-certs
@itemx --no-force-v4-certs
These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.1.
@item --show-photos
@itemx --no-show-photos
@opindex show-photos
Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--list-signatures},
@option{--list-public-keys}, @option{--list-secret-keys}, and verifying
a signature to also display the photo ID attached to the key, if
any. See also @option{--photo-viewer}. These options are deprecated. Use
@option{--list-options [no-]show-photos} and/or @option{--verify-options
[no-]show-photos} instead.
@item --show-keyring
@opindex show-keyring
Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which
keyring a given key resides on. This option is deprecated: use
@option{--list-options [no-]show-keyring} instead.
@item --show-notation
@itemx --no-show-notation
@opindex show-notation
Show signature notations in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures} listings
as well as when verifying a signature with a notation in it. These
options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options [no-]show-notation}
and/or @option{--verify-options [no-]show-notation} instead.
@item --show-policy-url
@itemx --no-show-policy-url
@opindex show-policy-url
Show policy URLs in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures}
listings as well as when verifying a signature with a policy URL in
it. These options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options
[no-]show-policy-url} and/or @option{--verify-options
[no-]show-policy-url} instead.
@item --personal-aead-preferences @var{string}
@opindex personal-aead-preferences
This option is deprecated and has no more effect since version 2.3.9.
@item --aead-algo @var{name}
This option is deprecated and has no more effect since version 2.3.9.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** FILES ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect files
@node GPG Configuration
@section Configuration files
There are a few configuration files to control certain aspects of
@command{@gpgname}'s operation. Unless noted, they are expected in the
current home directory (@pxref{option --homedir}).
@table @file
@item gpg.conf
@efindex gpg.conf
This is the standard configuration file read by @command{@gpgname} on
startup. It may contain any valid long option; the leading two dashes
may not be entered and the option may not be abbreviated. This default
name may be changed on the command line (@pxref{gpg-option --options}).
You should backup this file.
@item common.conf
@efindex common.conf
This is an optional configuration file read by @command{@gpgname} on
startup. It may contain options pertaining to all components of
GnuPG. Its current main use is for the "use-keyboxd" option. If
the default home directory @file{~/.gnupg} does not exist, GnuPG creates
this directory and a @file{common.conf} file with "use_keyboxd".
@end table
Note that on larger installations, it is useful to put predefined files
into the directory @file{@value{SYSCONFSKELDIR}} so that
newly created users start up with a working configuration.
For existing users a small
helper script is provided to create these files (@pxref{addgnupghome}).
For internal purposes @command{@gpgname} creates and maintains a few other
files; They all live in the current home directory (@pxref{option
--homedir}). Only the @command{@gpgname} program may modify these files.
@table @file
@item ~/.gnupg
@efindex ~/.gnupg
This is the default home directory which is used if neither the
environment variable @code{GNUPGHOME} nor the option
@option{--homedir} is given.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg
@efindex pubring.gpg
The public keyring using a legacy format. You should backup this file.
If this file is not available, @command{gpg} defaults to the new
keybox format and creates a file @file{pubring.kbx} unless that file
already exists in which case that file will also be used for OpenPGP
keys.
Note that in the case that both files, @file{pubring.gpg} and
@file{pubring.kbx} exists but the latter has no OpenPGP keys, the
legacy file @file{pubring.gpg} will be used. Take care: GnuPG
versions before 2.1 will always use the file @file{pubring.gpg}
because they do not know about the new keybox format. In the case
that you have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data you should
keep this file.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg.lock
The lock file for the public keyring.
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx
@efindex pubring.kbx
The public keyring using the new keybox format. This file is shared
with @command{gpgsm}. You should backup this file. See above for
the relation between this file and it predecessor.
To convert an existing @file{pubring.gpg} file to the keybox format, you
first backup the ownertrust values, then rename @file{pubring.gpg} to
@file{publickeys.backup}, so it won’t be recognized by any GnuPG version,
run import, and finally restore the ownertrust values:
@example
$ cd ~/.gnupg
$ gpg --export-ownertrust >otrust.lst
$ mv pubring.gpg publickeys.backup
$ gpg --import-options restore --import publickeys.backup
$ gpg --import-ownertrust otrust.lst
@end example
@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx.lock
The lock file for @file{pubring.kbx}.
@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg
@efindex secring.gpg
The legacy secret keyring as used by GnuPG versions before 2.1. It is not
used by GnuPG 2.1 and later. You may want to keep it in case you
have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data.
@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg.lock
The lock file for the legacy secret keyring.
@item ~/.gnupg/.gpg-v21-migrated
@efindex .gpg-v21-migrated
File indicating that a migration to GnuPG 2.1 has been done.
@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg
@efindex trustdb.gpg
The trust database. There is no need to backup this file; it is better
to backup the ownertrust values (@pxref{option --export-ownertrust}).
@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg.lock
The lock file for the trust database.
@item ~/.gnupg/random_seed
@efindex random_seed
A file used to preserve the state of the internal random pool.
@item ~/.gnupg/openpgp-revocs.d/
@efindex openpgp-revocs.d
This is the directory where gpg stores pre-generated revocation
certificates. The file name corresponds to the OpenPGP fingerprint of
the respective key. It is suggested to backup those certificates and
if the primary private key is not stored on the disk to move them to
an external storage device. Anyone who can access these files is
able to revoke the corresponding key. You may want to print them out.
You should backup all files in this directory and take care to keep
this backup closed away.
@end table
Operation is further controlled by a few environment variables:
@table @asis
@item HOME
@efindex HOME
Used to locate the default home directory.
@item GNUPGHOME
@efindex GNUPGHOME
If set directory used instead of "~/.gnupg".
@item GPG_AGENT_INFO
This variable is obsolete; it was used by GnuPG versions before 2.1.
@item PINENTRY_USER_DATA
@efindex PINENTRY_USER_DATA
This value is passed via gpg-agent to pinentry. It is useful to convey
extra information to a custom pinentry.
@item COLUMNS
@itemx LINES
@efindex COLUMNS
@efindex LINES
Used to size some displays to the full size of the screen.
@item LANGUAGE
@efindex LANGUAGE
Apart from its use by GNU, it is used in the W32 version to override the
language selection done through the Registry. If used and set to a
valid and available language name (@var{langid}), the file with the
translation is loaded from
@code{@var{gpgdir}/gnupg.nls/@var{langid}.mo}. Here @var{gpgdir} is the
directory out of which the gpg binary has been loaded. If it can't be
loaded the Registry is tried and as last resort the native Windows
locale system is used.
@item GNUPG_BUILD_ROOT
@efindex GNUPG_BUILD_ROOT
This variable is only used by the regression test suite as a helper
under operating systems without proper support to figure out the
name of a process' text file.
@item GNUPG_EXEC_DEBUG_FLAGS
@efindex GNUPG_EXEC_DEBUG_FLAGS
This variable allows one to enable diagnostics for process management.
A numeric decimal value is expected. Bit 0 enables general
diagnostics, bit 1 enables certain warnings on Windows.
@end table
When calling the gpg-agent component @command{@gpgname} sends a set of
environment variables to gpg-agent. The names of these variables can
be listed using the command:
@example
gpg-connect-agent 'getinfo std_env_names' /bye | awk '$1=="D" @{print $2@}'
@end example
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** EXAMPLES ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect examples
@node GPG Examples
@section Examples
@table @asis
@item gpg -se -r @code{Bob} @code{file}
sign and encrypt for user Bob
@item gpg --clear-sign @code{file}
make a cleartext signature
@item gpg -sb @code{file}
make a detached signature
@item gpg -u 0x12345678 -sb @code{file}
make a detached signature with the key 0x12345678
@item gpg --list-keys @code{user_ID}
show keys
@item gpg --fingerprint @code{user_ID}
show fingerprint
@item gpg --verify @code{pgpfile}
@itemx gpg --verify @code{sigfile} [@code{datafile}]
Verify the signature of the file but do not output the data unless
requested. The second form is used for detached signatures, where
@code{sigfile} is the detached signature (either ASCII armored or
binary) and @code{datafile} are the signed data; if this is not given, the name of the
file holding the signed data is constructed by cutting off the
extension (".asc" or ".sig") of @code{sigfile} or by asking the user
for the filename. If the option @option{--output} is also used the
signed data is written to the file specified by that option; use
@code{-} to write the signed data to stdout.
@end table
@c *******************************************
@c *************** ****************
@c *************** USER ID ****************
@c *************** ****************
@c *******************************************
@mansect how to specify a user id
@ifset isman
@include specify-user-id.texi
@end ifset
@mansect filter expressions
@chapheading FILTER EXPRESSIONS
The options @option{--import-filter} and @option{--export-filter} use
expressions with this syntax (square brackets indicate an optional
part and curly braces a repetition, white space between the elements
are allowed):
@c man:.RS
@example
[lc] @{[@{flag@}] PROPNAME op VALUE [lc]@}
@end example
@c man:.RE
The name of a property (@var{PROPNAME}) may only consist of letters,
digits and underscores. The description for the filter type
describes which properties are defined. If an undefined property is
used it evaluates to the empty string. Unless otherwise noted, the
@var{VALUE} must always be given and may not be the empty string. No
quoting is defined for the value, thus the value may not contain the
strings @code{&&} or @code{||}, which are used as logical connection
operators. The flag @code{--} can be used to remove this restriction.
Numerical values are computed as long int; standard C notation
applies. @var{lc} is the logical connection operator; either
@code{&&} for a conjunction or @code{||} for a disjunction. A
conjunction is assumed at the begin of an expression. Conjunctions
have higher precedence than disjunctions. If @var{VALUE} starts with
one of the characters used in any @var{op} a space after the
@var{op} is required.
@noindent
The supported operators (@var{op}) are:
@table @asis
@item =~
Substring must match.
@item !~
Substring must not match.
@item =
The full string must match.
@item <>
The full string must not match.
@item ==
The numerical value must match.
@item !=
The numerical value must not match.
@item <=
The numerical value of the field must be LE than the value.
@item <
The numerical value of the field must be LT than the value.
@item >
The numerical value of the field must be GT than the value.
@item >=
The numerical value of the field must be GE than the value.
@item -le
The string value of the field must be less or equal than the value.
@item -lt
The string value of the field must be less than the value.
@item -gt
The string value of the field must be greater than the value.
@item -ge
The string value of the field must be greater or equal than the value.
@item -n
True if value is not empty (no value allowed).
@item -z
True if value is empty (no value allowed).
@item -t
Alias for "PROPNAME != 0" (no value allowed).
@item -f
Alias for "PROPNAME == 0" (no value allowed).
@end table
@noindent
Values for @var{flag} must be space separated. The supported flags
are:
@table @asis
@item --
@var{VALUE} spans to the end of the expression.
@item -c
The string match in this part is done case-sensitive.
@item -t
Leading and trailing spaces are not removed from @var{VALUE}.
The optional single space after @var{op} is here required.
@end table
The filter options concatenate several specifications for a filter of
the same type. For example the four options in this example:
@c man:.RS
@example
--import-filter keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa"
--import-filter keep-uid="&& uid !~ Test"
--import-filter keep-uid="|| uid =~ Alpha"
--import-filter keep-uid="uid !~ Test"
@end example
@c man:.RE
@noindent
which is equivalent to
@c man:.RS
@example
--import-filter \
keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa" && uid !~ Test" || uid =~ Alpha" && "uid !~ Test"
@end example
@c man:.RE
imports only the user ids of a key containing the strings "Alfa"
or "Alpha" but not the string "test".
@mansect trust values
@ifset isman
@include trust-values.texi
@end ifset
@mansect return value
@chapheading RETURN VALUE
The program returns 0 if there are no severe errors, 1 if at least a
signature was bad, and other error codes for fatal errors.
Note that signature verification requires exact knowledge of what has
been signed and by whom it has been signed. Using only the return code
is thus not an appropriate way to verify a signature by a script.
Either make proper use or the status codes or use the @command{gpgv}
tool which has been designed to make signature verification easy for
scripts.
@mansect warnings
@chapheading WARNINGS
Use a good password for your user account and make sure that all
security issues are always fixed on your machine. Also employ
diligent physical protection to your machine. Consider to use a good
passphrase as a last resort protection to your secret key in the case
your machine gets stolen. It is important that your secret key is
never leaked. Using an easy to carry around token or smartcard with
the secret key is often a advisable.
If you are going to verify detached signatures, make sure that the
program knows about it; either give both filenames on the command line
or use @samp{-} to specify STDIN.
For scripted or other unattended use of @command{gpg} make sure to use
the machine-parseable interface and not the default interface which is
intended for direct use by humans. The machine-parseable interface
provides a stable and well documented API independent of the locale or
future changes of @command{gpg}. To enable this interface use the
options @option{--with-colons} and @option{--status-fd}. For certain
operations the option @option{--command-fd} may come handy too. See
this man page and the file @file{DETAILS} for the specification of the
interface. Note that the GnuPG ``info'' pages as well as the PDF
version of the GnuPG manual features a chapter on unattended use of
GnuPG. As an alternative the library @command{GPGME} can be used as a
high-level abstraction on top of that interface.
@mansect interoperability
@chapheading INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS
GnuPG tries to be a very flexible implementation of the OpenPGP
standard. In particular, GnuPG implements many of the optional parts
of the standard, such as the SHA-512 hash, and the ZLIB and BZIP2
compression algorithms. It is important to be aware that not all
OpenPGP programs implement these optional algorithms and that by
forcing their use via the @option{--cipher-algo},
@option{--digest-algo}, @option{--cert-digest-algo}, or
@option{--compress-algo} options in GnuPG, it is possible to create a
perfectly valid OpenPGP message, but one that cannot be read by the
intended recipient.
There are dozens of variations of OpenPGP programs available, and each
supports a slightly different subset of these optional algorithms.
For example, until recently, no (unhacked) version of PGP supported
the BLOWFISH cipher algorithm. A message using BLOWFISH simply could
not be read by a PGP user. By default, GnuPG uses the standard
OpenPGP preferences system that will always do the right thing and
create messages that are usable by all recipients, regardless of which
OpenPGP program they use. Only override this safe default if you
really know what you are doing.
If you absolutely must override the safe default, or if the preferences
on a given key are invalid for some reason, you are far better off using
the @option{--pgp6}, @option{--pgp7}, or @option{--pgp8} options. These
options are safe as they do not force any particular algorithms in
violation of OpenPGP, but rather reduce the available algorithms to a
"PGP-safe" list.
@mansect bugs
@chapheading BUGS
On older systems this program should be installed as setuid(root). This
is necessary to lock memory pages. Locking memory pages prevents the
operating system from writing memory pages (which may contain
passphrases or other sensitive material) to disk. If you get no
warning message about insecure memory your operating system supports
locking without being root. The program drops root privileges as soon
as locked memory is allocated.
Note also that some systems (especially laptops) have the ability to
``suspend to disk'' (also known as ``safe sleep'' or ``hibernate'').
This writes all memory to disk before going into a low power or even
powered off mode. Unless measures are taken in the operating system
to protect the saved memory, passphrases or other sensitive material
may be recoverable from it later.
Before you report a bug you should first search the mailing list
archives for similar problems and second check whether such a bug has
already been reported to our bug tracker at @url{https://bugs.gnupg.org}.
@c *******************************************
@c *************** **************
@c *************** UNATTENDED **************
@c *************** **************
@c *******************************************
@mansect notes
@node Unattended Usage of GPG
@section Unattended Usage
@command{@gpgname} is often used as a backend engine by other software. To help
with this a machine interface has been defined to have an unambiguous
way to do this. The options @option{--status-fd} and @option{--batch}
are almost always required for this.
@menu
* Programmatic use of GnuPG:: Programmatic use of GnuPG
* Ephemeral home directories:: Ephemeral home directories
* The quick key manipulation interface:: The quick key manipulation interface
* Unattended GPG key generation:: Unattended key generation
@end menu
@node Programmatic use of GnuPG
@subsection Programmatic use of GnuPG
Please consider using GPGME instead of calling @command{@gpgname}
directly. GPGME offers a stable, backend-independent interface for
many cryptographic operations. It supports OpenPGP and S/MIME, and
also allows interaction with various GnuPG components.
GPGME provides a C-API, and comes with bindings for C++, Qt, and
Python. Bindings for other languages are available.
@node Ephemeral home directories
@subsection Ephemeral home directories
Sometimes you want to contain effects of some operation, for example
you want to import a key to inspect it, but you do not want this key
to be added to your keyring. In earlier versions of GnuPG, it was
possible to specify alternate keyring files for both public and secret
keys. In modern GnuPG versions, however, we changed how secret keys
are stored in order to better protect secret key material, and it was
not possible to preserve this interface.
The preferred way to do this is to use ephemeral home directories.
This technique works across all versions of GnuPG.
Create a temporary directory, create (or copy) a configuration that
meets your needs, make @command{@gpgname} use this directory either
using the environment variable @var{GNUPGHOME}, or the option
@option{--homedir}. GPGME supports this too on a per-context basis,
by modifying the engine info of contexts. Now execute whatever
operation you like, import and export key material as necessary. Once
finished, you can delete the directory. All GnuPG backend services
that were started will detect this and shut down.
@node The quick key manipulation interface
@subsection The quick key manipulation interface
Recent versions of GnuPG have an interface to manipulate keys without
using the interactive command @option{--edit-key}. This interface was
added mainly for the benefit of GPGME (please consider using GPGME,
see the manual subsection ``Programmatic use of GnuPG''). This
interface is described in the subsection ``How to manage your keys''.
@node Unattended GPG key generation
@subsection Unattended key generation
The command @option{--generate-key} may be used along with the option
@option{--batch} for unattended key generation. This is the most
flexible way of generating keys, but it is also the most complex one.
Consider using the quick key manipulation interface described in the
previous subsection ``The quick key manipulation interface''.
The parameters for the key are either read from stdin or given as a
file on the command line. The format of the parameter file is as
follows: Text only, line length is limited to about 1000 characters.
UTF-8 encoding must be used to specify non-ASCII characters. Empty
lines are ignored. Leading and trailing white space is ignored. A
hash sign as the first non white space character indicates a comment
line. Control statements are indicated by a leading percent sign,
their arguments are separated by white space from the keyword.
Parameters are specified by a keyword, followed by a colon; arguments
are separated by white space. The first parameter must be
@samp{Key-Type} but control statements may be placed anywhere. The
order of the parameters does not matter except for @samp{Key-Type}.
The parameters are only used for the generated keyblock (primary and
subkeys); parameters from previous sets are not used. Some syntax
checks may be performed. Key commences when either the end of the
parameter file is reached, the next @samp{Key-Type} parameter is
encountered, or the control statement @samp{%commit} is encountered.
@noindent
Control statements:
@table @asis
@item %echo @var{text}
Print @var{text} as diagnostic.
@item %dry-run
Suppress actual key generation (useful for syntax checking).
@item %commit
Perform the key generation. Note that an implicit commit is done at
the next @asis{Key-Type} parameter.
@item %pubring @var{filename}
Do not write the key to the default or commandline given keyring but
to @var{filename}. This must be given before the first commit to take
place, duplicate specification of the same filename is ignored, the
last filename before a commit is used. The filename is used until a
new filename is used (at commit points) and all keys are written to
that file. If a new filename is given, this file is created (and
overwrites an existing one).
See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories'' for a more
robust way to contain side-effects.
@item %secring @var{filename}
This option is a no-op for GnuPG 2.1 and later.
See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories''.
@item %ask-passphrase
@itemx %no-ask-passphrase
This option is a no-op since GnuPG version 2.1.
@item %no-protection
Using this option allows the creation of keys without any passphrase
protection. This option is mainly intended for regression tests.
@item %transient-key
If given the keys are created using a faster and a somewhat less
secure random number generator. This option may be used for keys
which are only used for a short time and do not require full
cryptographic strength. It takes only effect if used together with
the control statement @samp{%no-protection}.
@end table
@noindent
General Parameters:
@table @asis
@item Key-Type: @var{algo}
Starts a new parameter block by giving the type of the primary
key. The algorithm must be capable of signing. This is a required
parameter. @var{algo} may either be an OpenPGP algorithm number or a
string with the algorithm name. The special value @samp{default} may
be used for @var{algo} to create the default key type; in this case a
@samp{Key-Usage} shall not be given and @samp{default} also be used
for @samp{Subkey-Type}.
@item Key-Length: @var{nbits}
The requested length of the generated key in bits. The default is
returned by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}.
For ECC keys this parameter is ignored.
@item Key-Curve: @var{curve}
The requested elliptic curve of the generated key. This is a required
parameter for ECC keys. It is ignored for non-ECC keys.
@item Key-Grip: @var{hexstring}
This is optional and used to generate a CSR or certificate for an
already existing key. Key-Length will be ignored when given.
@item Key-Usage: @var{usage-list}
Space or comma delimited list of key usages. Allowed values are
@samp{encrypt}, @samp{sign}, and @samp{auth}. This is used to
generate the key flags. Please make sure that the algorithm is
capable of this usage. Note that OpenPGP requires that all primary
keys are capable of certification, so no matter what usage is given
here, the @samp{cert} flag will be on. If no @samp{Key-Usage} is
specified and the @samp{Key-Type} is not @samp{default}, all allowed
usages for that particular algorithm are used; if it is not given but
@samp{default} is used the usage will be @samp{sign}.
@item Subkey-Type: @var{algo}
This generates a secondary key (subkey). Currently only one subkey
can be handled. See also @samp{Key-Type} above.
@item Subkey-Length: @var{nbits}
Length of the secondary key (subkey) in bits. The default is returned
by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}.
@item Subkey-Curve: @var{curve}
Key curve for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Curve}.
@item Subkey-Usage: @var{usage-list}
Key usage lists for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Usage}.
@item Passphrase: @var{string}
If you want to specify a passphrase for the secret key, enter it here.
Default is to use the Pinentry dialog to ask for a passphrase.
@item Name-Real: @var{name}
@itemx Name-Comment: @var{comment}
@itemx Name-Email: @var{email}
The three parts of a user name. Remember to use UTF-8 encoding here.
If you don't give any of them, no user ID is created.
@item Expire-Date: @var{iso-date}|(@var{number}[d|w|m|y])
Set the expiration date for the key (and the subkey). It may either
be entered in ISO date format (e.g., "20000815T145012") or as number of
days, weeks, month or years after the creation date. The special
notation "seconds=N" is also allowed to specify a number of seconds
since creation. Without a letter days are assumed. Note that there
is no check done on the overflow of the type used by OpenPGP for
timestamps. Thus you better make sure that the given value make
sense. Although OpenPGP works with time intervals, GnuPG uses an
absolute value internally and thus the last year we can represent is
2105.
@item Creation-Date: @var{iso-date}
Set the creation date of the key as stored in the key information and
which is also part of the fingerprint calculation. Either a date like
"1986-04-26" or a full timestamp like "19860426T042640" may be used.
The time is considered to be UTC. The special notation "seconds=N"
may be used to directly specify a the number of seconds since Epoch
(Unix time). If it is not given the current time is used.
@item Preferences: @var{string}
Set the cipher, hash, and compression preference values for this key.
This expects the same type of string as the sub-command @samp{setpref}
in the @option{--edit-key} menu.
@item Revoker: @var{algo}:@var{fpr} [sensitive]
Add a designated revoker to the generated key. Algo is the public key
algorithm of the designated revoker (i.e. RSA=1, DSA=17, etc.)
@var{fpr} is the fingerprint of the designated revoker. @var{fpr} may
not contain spaces or colons. The optional @samp{sensitive} flag
marks the designated revoker as sensitive information. Only v4 and v5
keys may be designated revokers.
@item Keyserver: @var{string}
This is an optional parameter that specifies the preferred keyserver
URL for the key.
@item Handle: @var{string}
This is an optional parameter only used with the status lines
KEY_CREATED and KEY_NOT_CREATED. @var{string} may be up to 100
characters and should not contain spaces. It is useful for batch key
generation to associate a key parameter block with a status line.
@end table
@noindent
Here is an example on how to create a key in an ephemeral home directory:
@smallexample
$ export GNUPGHOME="$(mktemp -d)"
$ cat >foo <<EOF
%echo Generating a basic OpenPGP key
Key-Type: DSA
Key-Length: 1024
Subkey-Type: ELG-E
Subkey-Length: 1024
Name-Real: Joe Tester
Name-Comment: with stupid passphrase
Name-Email: joe@@foo.bar
Expire-Date: 0
Passphrase: abc
# Do a commit here, so that we can later print "done" :-)
%commit
%echo done
EOF
$ @gpgname --batch --generate-key foo
[...]
$ @gpgname --list-secret-keys
/tmp/tmp.0NQxB74PEf/pubring.kbx
-------------------------------
sec dsa1024 2016-12-16 [SCA]
768E895903FC1C44045C8CB95EEBDB71E9E849D0
uid [ultimate] Joe Tester (with stupid passphrase) <joe@@foo.bar>
ssb elg1024 2016-12-16 [E]
@end smallexample
@noindent
If you want to create a key with the default algorithms you would use
these parameters:
@smallexample
%echo Generating a default key
Key-Type: default
Subkey-Type: default
Name-Real: Joe Tester
Name-Comment: with stupid passphrase
Name-Email: joe@@foo.bar
Expire-Date: 0
Passphrase: abc
# Do a commit here, so that we can later print "done" :-)
%commit
%echo done
@end smallexample
@mansect see also
@ifset isman
@command{gpgv}(1),
@command{gpgsm}(1),
@command{gpg-agent}(1)
@end ifset
@include see-also-note.texi
diff --git a/g10/keygen.c b/g10/keygen.c
index 66fe681de..ff14032c0 100644
--- a/g10/keygen.c
+++ b/g10/keygen.c
@@ -1,7053 +1,7057 @@
/* keygen.c - Generate a key pair
* Copyright (C) 1998-2007, 2009-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Werner Koch
* Copyright (C) 2020, 2024 g10 Code GmbH
*
* This file is part of GnuPG.
*
* GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "gpg.h"
#include "../common/util.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "../common/ttyio.h"
#include "options.h"
#include "keydb.h"
#include "trustdb.h"
#include "../common/status.h"
#include "../common/i18n.h"
#include "keyserver-internal.h"
#include "call-agent.h"
#include "pkglue.h"
#include "../common/shareddefs.h"
#include "../common/host2net.h"
#include "../common/mbox-util.h"
/* The default algorithms. If you change them, you should ensure the
value is inside the bounds enforced by ask_keysize and gen_xxx.
See also get_keysize_range which encodes the allowed ranges. The
default answer in ask_algo also needs to be adjusted. */
#define DEFAULT_STD_KEY_PARAM "ed25519/cert,sign+cv25519/encr"
#define FUTURE_STD_KEY_PARAM "ed25519/cert,sign+cv25519/encr"
+#define PQC_STD_KEY_PARAM "bp384/cert,sign+kyber768_bp256/encr"
/* When generating keys using the streamlined key generation dialog,
use this as a default expiration interval. */
const char *default_expiration_interval = "3y";
/* Flag bits used during key generation. */
#define KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION 1
#define KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY 2
#define KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY 4
/* Maximum number of supported algorithm preferences. */
#define MAX_PREFS 30
enum para_name {
pKEYTYPE,
pKEYLENGTH,
pKEYCURVE,
pKEYUSAGE,
pSUBKEYTYPE,
pSUBKEYLENGTH,
pSUBKEYCURVE,
pSUBKEYUSAGE,
pAUTHKEYTYPE,
pNAMEREAL,
pNAMEEMAIL,
pNAMECOMMENT,
pPREFERENCES,
pREVOKER,
pUSERID,
pCREATIONDATE,
pKEYCREATIONDATE, /* Same in seconds since epoch. */
pEXPIREDATE,
pKEYEXPIRE, /* in n seconds */
pSUBKEYCREATIONDATE,
pSUBKEYEXPIREDATE,
pSUBKEYEXPIRE, /* in n seconds */
pAUTHKEYCREATIONDATE, /* Not yet used. */
pPASSPHRASE,
pSERIALNO,
pCARDBACKUPKEY,
pHANDLE,
pKEYSERVER,
pKEYGRIP,
pSUBKEYGRIP,
pADSK, /* this uses u.adsk */
pVERSION, /* Desired version of the key packet. */
pSUBVERSION, /* Ditto for the subpacket. */
pCARDKEY /* The keygrips have been taken from active card (bool). */
};
struct para_data_s {
struct para_data_s *next;
int lnr;
enum para_name key;
union {
u32 expire;
u32 creation;
int abool;
unsigned int usage;
struct revocation_key revkey;
PKT_public_key *adsk; /* used with key == pADSK */
char value[1];
} u;
};
struct output_control_s
{
int lnr;
int dryrun;
unsigned int keygen_flags;
int use_files;
struct {
char *fname;
char *newfname;
IOBUF stream;
armor_filter_context_t *afx;
} pub;
};
/* An object to help communicating with the actual key generation
* code. */
struct common_gen_cb_parm_s
{
/* This variable set to the result of agent_genkey. The callback
* may take a copy of this so that the result can be used after we
* are back from the deep key generation call stack. */
gcry_sexp_t genkey_result;
/* For a dual algorithms the result of the second algorithm
* (e.g. Kyber). */
gcry_sexp_t genkey_result2;
};
typedef struct common_gen_cb_parm_s *common_gen_cb_parm_t;
/* A communication object to help adding certain notations to a key
* binding signature. */
struct opaque_data_usage_and_pk
{
unsigned int usage;
const char *cpl_notation;
PKT_public_key *pk;
};
/* FIXME: These globals vars are ugly. And using MAX_PREFS even for
* aeads is useless, given that we don't expects more than a very few
* algorithms. */
static int prefs_initialized = 0;
static byte sym_prefs[MAX_PREFS];
static int nsym_prefs;
static byte hash_prefs[MAX_PREFS];
static int nhash_prefs;
static byte zip_prefs[MAX_PREFS];
static int nzip_prefs;
static byte aead_prefs[MAX_PREFS];
static int naead_prefs;
static int mdc_available;
static int ks_modify;
static int aead_available;
static void release_parameter_list (struct para_data_s *r);
static struct para_data_s *prepare_adsk (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name);
static gpg_error_t parse_algo_usage_expire (ctrl_t ctrl, int for_subkey,
const char *algostr, const char *usagestr,
const char *expirestr,
int *r_algo, unsigned int *r_usage,
u32 *r_expire, unsigned int *r_nbits,
const char **r_curve, int *r_version,
char **r_keygrip, u32 *r_keytime);
static void do_generate_keypair (ctrl_t ctrl, struct para_data_s *para,
struct output_control_s *outctrl, int card );
static int write_keyblock (iobuf_t out, kbnode_t node);
static gpg_error_t gen_card_key (int keyno, int algo, int is_primary,
kbnode_t pub_root, u32 *timestamp,
u32 expireval, int *keygen_flags);
static unsigned int get_keysize_range (int algo,
unsigned int *min, unsigned int *max);
static void do_add_notation (PKT_signature *sig,
const char *name, const char *value,
int critical);
/* Return the algo string for a default new key. */
const char *
get_default_pubkey_algo (void)
{
if (opt.def_new_key_algo)
{
if (*opt.def_new_key_algo && !strchr (opt.def_new_key_algo, ':'))
return opt.def_new_key_algo;
/* To avoid checking that option every time we delay that until
* here. The only thing we really need to make sure is that
* there is no colon in the string so that the --gpgconf-list
* command won't mess up its output. */
log_info (_("invalid value for option '%s'\n"), "--default-new-key-algo");
}
return DEFAULT_STD_KEY_PARAM;
}
static void
print_status_key_created (int letter, PKT_public_key *pk, const char *handle)
{
byte array[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN], *s;
char *buf, *p;
size_t i, n;
if (!handle)
handle = "";
buf = xmalloc (MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN*2+31 + strlen (handle) + 1);
p = buf;
if (letter || pk)
{
*p++ = letter;
if (pk)
{
*p++ = ' ';
fingerprint_from_pk (pk, array, &n);
s = array;
/* Fixme: Use bin2hex */
for (i=0; i < n ; i++, s++, p += 2)
snprintf (p, 3, "%02X", *s);
}
}
if (*handle)
{
*p++ = ' ';
for (i=0; handle[i] && i < 100; i++)
*p++ = isspace ((unsigned int)handle[i])? '_':handle[i];
}
*p = 0;
write_status_text ((letter || pk)?STATUS_KEY_CREATED:STATUS_KEY_NOT_CREATED,
buf);
xfree (buf);
}
static void
print_status_key_not_created (const char *handle)
{
print_status_key_created (0, NULL, handle);
}
static gpg_error_t
write_uid (kbnode_t root, const char *s)
{
PACKET *pkt = NULL;
size_t n = strlen (s);
if (n > MAX_UID_PACKET_LENGTH - 10)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID);
pkt = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *pkt);
pkt->pkttype = PKT_USER_ID;
pkt->pkt.user_id = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *pkt->pkt.user_id + n);
pkt->pkt.user_id->len = n;
pkt->pkt.user_id->ref = 1;
strcpy (pkt->pkt.user_id->name, s);
add_kbnode (root, new_kbnode (pkt));
return 0;
}
static void
do_add_key_flags (PKT_signature *sig, unsigned int use)
{
byte buf[2] = { 0, 0 };
/* The spec says that all primary keys MUST be able to certify. */
if ( sig->sig_class != 0x18 )
buf[0] |= 0x01;
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
buf[0] |= 0x02;
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
buf[0] |= 0x04 | 0x08;
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)
buf[0] |= 0x20;
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_GROUP)
buf[0] |= 0x80;
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC)
buf[1] |= 0x04;
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_TIME)
buf[1] |= 0x08;
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_FLAGS, buf, buf[1]? 2:1);
}
int
keygen_add_key_expire (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = opaque;
byte buf[8];
u32 u;
if (pk->expiredate)
{
if (pk->expiredate > pk->timestamp)
u = pk->expiredate - pk->timestamp;
else
u = 1;
buf[0] = (u >> 24) & 0xff;
buf[1] = (u >> 16) & 0xff;
buf[2] = (u >> 8) & 0xff;
buf[3] = u & 0xff;
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, buf, 4);
}
else
{
/* Make sure we don't leave a key expiration subpacket lying
around */
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE);
}
return 0;
}
/* Add the key usage (i.e. key flags) in SIG from the public keys
* pubkey_usage field. OPAQUE has the public key. */
int
keygen_add_key_flags (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = opaque;
do_add_key_flags (sig, pk->pubkey_usage);
return 0;
}
int
keygen_add_key_flags_and_expire (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
keygen_add_key_flags (sig, opaque);
return keygen_add_key_expire (sig, opaque);
}
/* This is only used to write the key binding signature. It is not
* used for the primary key. */
static int
keygen_add_key_flags_from_oduap (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
struct opaque_data_usage_and_pk *oduap = opaque;
do_add_key_flags (sig, oduap->usage);
if (oduap->cpl_notation)
do_add_notation (sig, "cpl@gnupg.org", oduap->cpl_notation, 0);
return keygen_add_key_expire (sig, oduap->pk);
}
static int
set_one_pref (int val, int type, const char *item, byte *buf, int *nbuf)
{
int i;
for (i=0; i < *nbuf; i++ )
if (buf[i] == val)
{
log_info (_("preference '%s' duplicated\n"), item);
return -1;
}
if (*nbuf >= MAX_PREFS)
{
if(type==1)
log_info(_("too many cipher preferences\n"));
else if(type==2)
log_info(_("too many digest preferences\n"));
else if(type==3)
log_info(_("too many compression preferences\n"));
else if(type==4)
log_info(_("too many AEAD preferences\n"));
else
BUG();
return -1;
}
buf[(*nbuf)++] = val;
return 0;
}
/*
* Parse the supplied string and use it to set the standard
* preferences. The string may be in a form like the one printed by
* "pref" (something like: "S10 S3 H3 H2 Z2 Z1") or the actual
* cipher/hash/compress names. Use NULL to set the default
* preferences. Returns: 0 = okay
*/
int
keygen_set_std_prefs (const char *string,int personal)
{
byte sym[MAX_PREFS], hash[MAX_PREFS], zip[MAX_PREFS], aead[MAX_PREFS];
int nsym=0, nhash=0, nzip=0, naead=0, val, rc=0;
int mdc=1, modify=0; /* mdc defaults on, modify defaults off. */
char dummy_string[25*4+1]; /* Enough for 25 items. */
if (!string || !ascii_strcasecmp (string, "default"))
{
if (opt.def_preference_list)
string=opt.def_preference_list;
else
{
int any_compress = 0;
dummy_string[0]='\0';
/* The rationale why we use the order AES256,192,128 is
for compatibility reasons with PGP. If gpg would
define AES128 first, we would get the somewhat
confusing situation:
gpg -r pgpkey -r gpgkey ---gives--> AES256
gpg -r gpgkey -r pgpkey ---gives--> AES
Note that by using --personal-cipher-preferences it is
possible to prefer AES128.
*/
/* Make sure we do not add more than 15 items here, as we
could overflow the size of dummy_string. We currently
have at most 12. */
if ( !openpgp_cipher_test_algo (CIPHER_ALGO_AES256) )
strcat(dummy_string,"S9 ");
if ( !openpgp_cipher_test_algo (CIPHER_ALGO_AES192) )
strcat(dummy_string,"S8 ");
if ( !openpgp_cipher_test_algo (CIPHER_ALGO_AES) )
strcat(dummy_string,"S7 ");
strcat(dummy_string,"S2 "); /* 3DES */
if (!openpgp_aead_test_algo (AEAD_ALGO_OCB))
strcat(dummy_string,"A2 ");
if (personal)
{
/* The default internal hash algo order is:
* SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, SHA-224, SHA-1.
*/
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA256))
strcat (dummy_string, "H8 ");
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA384))
strcat (dummy_string, "H9 ");
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA512))
strcat (dummy_string, "H10 ");
}
else
{
/* The default advertised hash algo order is:
* SHA-512, SHA-384, SHA-256, SHA-224, SHA-1.
*/
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA512))
strcat (dummy_string, "H10 ");
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA384))
strcat (dummy_string, "H9 ");
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA256))
strcat (dummy_string, "H8 ");
}
if (!openpgp_md_test_algo (DIGEST_ALGO_SHA224))
strcat (dummy_string, "H11 ");
strcat (dummy_string, "H2 "); /* SHA-1 */
if(!check_compress_algo(COMPRESS_ALGO_ZLIB))
{
strcat(dummy_string,"Z2 ");
any_compress = 1;
}
if(!check_compress_algo(COMPRESS_ALGO_BZIP2))
{
strcat(dummy_string,"Z3 ");
any_compress = 1;
}
if(!check_compress_algo(COMPRESS_ALGO_ZIP))
{
strcat(dummy_string,"Z1 ");
any_compress = 1;
}
/* In case we have no compress algo at all, declare that
we prefer no compression. */
if (!any_compress)
strcat(dummy_string,"Z0 ");
/* Remove the trailing space. */
if (*dummy_string && dummy_string[strlen (dummy_string)-1] == ' ')
dummy_string[strlen (dummy_string)-1] = 0;
string=dummy_string;
}
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "none"))
string = "";
if(strlen(string))
{
char *prefstringbuf;
char *tok, *prefstring;
/* We need a writable string. */
prefstring = prefstringbuf = xstrdup (string);
while((tok=strsep(&prefstring," ,")))
{
if (!*tok)
;
else if((val=string_to_cipher_algo (tok)))
{
if(set_one_pref(val,1,tok,sym,&nsym))
rc=-1;
}
else if((val=string_to_digest_algo (tok)))
{
if(set_one_pref(val,2,tok,hash,&nhash))
rc=-1;
}
else if((val=string_to_compress_algo(tok))>-1)
{
if(set_one_pref(val,3,tok,zip,&nzip))
rc=-1;
}
else if ((val=string_to_aead_algo (tok)))
{
if (set_one_pref (val, 4, tok, aead, &naead))
rc = -1;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp(tok, "mdc")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp(tok, "[mdc]"))
mdc=1;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp(tok, "no-mdc")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp(tok, "[no-mdc]"))
mdc=0;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp(tok, "ks-modify")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp(tok, "[ks-modify]"))
modify=1;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp(tok,"no-ks-modify")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp(tok,"[no-ks-modify]"))
modify=0;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp(tok,"aead")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp(tok,"[aead]"))
{
/* Ignore because this is set from the preferences but
* shown in the in the preferences/features list. */
}
else
{
log_info (_("invalid item '%s' in preference string\n"),tok);
rc=-1;
}
}
xfree (prefstringbuf);
}
if(!rc)
{
if(personal)
{
if(personal==PREFTYPE_SYM)
{
xfree(opt.personal_cipher_prefs);
if(nsym==0)
opt.personal_cipher_prefs=NULL;
else
{
int i;
opt.personal_cipher_prefs=
xmalloc(sizeof(prefitem_t *)*(nsym+1));
for (i=0; i<nsym; i++)
{
opt.personal_cipher_prefs[i].type = PREFTYPE_SYM;
opt.personal_cipher_prefs[i].value = sym[i];
}
opt.personal_cipher_prefs[i].type = PREFTYPE_NONE;
opt.personal_cipher_prefs[i].value = 0;
}
}
else if(personal==PREFTYPE_HASH)
{
xfree(opt.personal_digest_prefs);
if(nhash==0)
opt.personal_digest_prefs=NULL;
else
{
int i;
opt.personal_digest_prefs=
xmalloc(sizeof(prefitem_t *)*(nhash+1));
for (i=0; i<nhash; i++)
{
opt.personal_digest_prefs[i].type = PREFTYPE_HASH;
opt.personal_digest_prefs[i].value = hash[i];
}
opt.personal_digest_prefs[i].type = PREFTYPE_NONE;
opt.personal_digest_prefs[i].value = 0;
}
}
else if(personal==PREFTYPE_ZIP)
{
xfree(opt.personal_compress_prefs);
if(nzip==0)
opt.personal_compress_prefs=NULL;
else
{
int i;
opt.personal_compress_prefs=
xmalloc(sizeof(prefitem_t *)*(nzip+1));
for (i=0; i<nzip; i++)
{
opt.personal_compress_prefs[i].type = PREFTYPE_ZIP;
opt.personal_compress_prefs[i].value = zip[i];
}
opt.personal_compress_prefs[i].type = PREFTYPE_NONE;
opt.personal_compress_prefs[i].value = 0;
}
}
}
else
{
memcpy (sym_prefs, sym, (nsym_prefs=nsym));
memcpy (hash_prefs, hash, (nhash_prefs=nhash));
memcpy (zip_prefs, zip, (nzip_prefs=nzip));
memcpy (aead_prefs, aead, (naead_prefs=naead));
mdc_available = mdc;
aead_available = !!naead;
ks_modify = modify;
prefs_initialized = 1;
}
}
return rc;
}
/* Return a fake user ID containing the preferences. Caller must
free. */
PKT_user_id *
keygen_get_std_prefs(void)
{
int i,j=0;
PKT_user_id *uid=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(PKT_user_id));
if(!prefs_initialized)
keygen_set_std_prefs(NULL,0);
uid->ref=1;
uid->prefs = xmalloc ((sizeof(prefitem_t *)*
(nsym_prefs+naead_prefs+nhash_prefs+nzip_prefs+1)));
for(i=0;i<nsym_prefs;i++,j++)
{
uid->prefs[j].type=PREFTYPE_SYM;
uid->prefs[j].value=sym_prefs[i];
}
for (i=0; i < naead_prefs; i++, j++)
{
uid->prefs[j].type = PREFTYPE_AEAD;
uid->prefs[j].value = aead_prefs[i];
}
for(i=0;i<nhash_prefs;i++,j++)
{
uid->prefs[j].type=PREFTYPE_HASH;
uid->prefs[j].value=hash_prefs[i];
}
for(i=0;i<nzip_prefs;i++,j++)
{
uid->prefs[j].type=PREFTYPE_ZIP;
uid->prefs[j].value=zip_prefs[i];
}
uid->prefs[j].type=PREFTYPE_NONE;
uid->prefs[j].value=0;
uid->flags.mdc = mdc_available;
uid->flags.aead = aead_available;
uid->flags.ks_modify = ks_modify;
return uid;
}
static void
add_feature_mdc (PKT_signature *sig,int enabled)
{
const byte *s;
size_t n;
int i;
char *buf;
s = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n );
/* Already set or cleared */
if (s && n &&
((enabled && (s[0] & 0x01)) || (!enabled && !(s[0] & 0x01))))
return;
if (!s || !n) { /* create a new one */
n = 1;
buf = xmalloc_clear (n);
}
else {
buf = xmalloc (n);
memcpy (buf, s, n);
}
if(enabled)
buf[0] |= 0x01; /* MDC feature */
else
buf[0] &= ~0x01;
/* Are there any bits set? */
for(i=0;i<n;i++)
if(buf[i]!=0)
break;
if(i==n)
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES);
else
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, buf, n);
xfree (buf);
}
static void
add_feature_aead (PKT_signature *sig, int enabled)
{
const byte *s;
size_t n;
int i;
char *buf;
s = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n );
if (s && n && ((enabled && (s[0] & 0x02)) || (!enabled && !(s[0] & 0x02))))
return; /* Already set or cleared */
if (!s || !n)
{ /* Create a new one */
n = 1;
buf = xmalloc_clear (n);
}
else
{
buf = xmalloc (n);
memcpy (buf, s, n);
}
if (enabled)
buf[0] |= 0x02; /* AEAD supported */
else
buf[0] &= ~0x02;
/* Are there any bits set? */
for (i=0; i < n; i++)
if (buf[i])
break;
if (i == n)
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES);
else
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, buf, n);
xfree (buf);
}
static void
add_feature_v5 (PKT_signature *sig, int enabled)
{
const byte *s;
size_t n;
int i;
char *buf;
s = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n );
if (s && n && ((enabled && (s[0] & 0x04)) || (!enabled && !(s[0] & 0x04))))
return; /* Already set or cleared */
if (!s || !n)
{ /* Create a new one */
n = 1;
buf = xmalloc_clear (n);
}
else
{
buf = xmalloc (n);
memcpy (buf, s, n);
}
if (enabled)
buf[0] |= 0x04; /* v5 key supported */
else
buf[0] &= ~0x04;
/* Are there any bits set? */
for (i=0; i < n; i++)
if (buf[i])
break;
if (i == n)
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES);
else
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, buf, n);
xfree (buf);
}
static void
add_keyserver_modify (PKT_signature *sig,int enabled)
{
const byte *s;
size_t n;
int i;
char *buf;
/* The keyserver modify flag is a negative flag (i.e. no-modify) */
enabled=!enabled;
s = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_KS_FLAGS, &n );
/* Already set or cleared */
if (s && n &&
((enabled && (s[0] & 0x80)) || (!enabled && !(s[0] & 0x80))))
return;
if (!s || !n) { /* create a new one */
n = 1;
buf = xmalloc_clear (n);
}
else {
buf = xmalloc (n);
memcpy (buf, s, n);
}
if(enabled)
buf[0] |= 0x80; /* no-modify flag */
else
buf[0] &= ~0x80;
/* Are there any bits set? */
for(i=0;i<n;i++)
if(buf[i]!=0)
break;
if(i==n)
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_KS_FLAGS);
else
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_KS_FLAGS, buf, n);
xfree (buf);
}
int
keygen_upd_std_prefs (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
(void)opaque;
if (!prefs_initialized)
keygen_set_std_prefs (NULL, 0);
if (nsym_prefs)
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_SYM, sym_prefs, nsym_prefs);
else
{
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_SYM);
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->unhashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_SYM);
}
if (naead_prefs)
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_AEAD, aead_prefs, naead_prefs);
else
{
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_AEAD);
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->unhashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_AEAD);
}
if (nhash_prefs)
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_HASH, hash_prefs, nhash_prefs);
else
{
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_HASH);
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->unhashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_HASH);
}
if (nzip_prefs)
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_COMPR, zip_prefs, nzip_prefs);
else
{
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_COMPR);
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->unhashed, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_COMPR);
}
/* Make sure that the MDC feature flag is set if needed. */
add_feature_mdc (sig,mdc_available);
add_feature_aead (sig, aead_available);
add_feature_v5 (sig, 1);
add_keyserver_modify (sig,ks_modify);
keygen_add_keyserver_url(sig,NULL);
return 0;
}
/****************
* Add preference to the self signature packet.
* This is only called for packets with version > 3.
*/
int
keygen_add_std_prefs (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
PKT_public_key *pk = opaque;
do_add_key_flags (sig, pk->pubkey_usage);
keygen_add_key_expire (sig, opaque );
keygen_upd_std_prefs (sig, opaque);
keygen_add_keyserver_url (sig,NULL);
return 0;
}
int
keygen_add_keyserver_url(PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
const char *url=opaque;
if(!url)
url=opt.def_keyserver_url;
if(url)
build_sig_subpkt(sig,SIGSUBPKT_PREF_KS,url,strlen(url));
else
delete_sig_subpkt (sig->hashed,SIGSUBPKT_PREF_KS);
return 0;
}
/* This function is used to add a notations to a signature. In
* general the caller should have cleared exiting notations before
* adding new ones. For example by calling:
*
* delete_sig_subpkt(sig->hashed,SIGSUBPKT_NOTATION);
* delete_sig_subpkt(sig->unhashed,SIGSUBPKT_NOTATION);
*
* Only human readable notaions may be added. NAME and value are
* expected to be UTF-* strings.
*/
static void
do_add_notation (PKT_signature *sig, const char *name, const char *value,
int critical)
{
unsigned char *buf;
unsigned int n1,n2;
n1 = strlen (name);
n2 = strlen (value);
buf = xmalloc (8 + n1 + n2);
buf[0] = 0x80; /* human readable. */
buf[1] = buf[2] = buf[3] = 0;
buf[4] = n1 >> 8;
buf[5] = n1;
buf[6] = n2 >> 8;
buf[7] = n2;
memcpy (buf+8, name, n1);
memcpy (buf+8+n1, value, n2);
build_sig_subpkt (sig,
(SIGSUBPKT_NOTATION|(critical?SIGSUBPKT_FLAG_CRITICAL:0)),
buf, 8+n1+n2 );
xfree (buf);
}
int
keygen_add_notations(PKT_signature *sig,void *opaque)
{
struct notation *notation;
/* We always start clean */
delete_sig_subpkt(sig->hashed,SIGSUBPKT_NOTATION);
delete_sig_subpkt(sig->unhashed,SIGSUBPKT_NOTATION);
sig->flags.notation=0;
for(notation=opaque;notation;notation=notation->next)
if(!notation->flags.ignore)
{
unsigned char *buf;
unsigned int n1,n2;
n1=strlen(notation->name);
if(notation->altvalue)
n2=strlen(notation->altvalue);
else if(notation->bdat)
n2=notation->blen;
else
n2=strlen(notation->value);
buf = xmalloc( 8 + n1 + n2 );
/* human readable or not */
buf[0] = notation->bdat?0:0x80;
buf[1] = buf[2] = buf[3] = 0;
buf[4] = n1 >> 8;
buf[5] = n1;
buf[6] = n2 >> 8;
buf[7] = n2;
memcpy(buf+8, notation->name, n1 );
if(notation->altvalue)
memcpy(buf+8+n1, notation->altvalue, n2 );
else if(notation->bdat)
memcpy(buf+8+n1, notation->bdat, n2 );
else
memcpy(buf+8+n1, notation->value, n2 );
build_sig_subpkt( sig, SIGSUBPKT_NOTATION |
(notation->flags.critical?SIGSUBPKT_FLAG_CRITICAL:0),
buf, 8+n1+n2 );
xfree(buf);
}
return 0;
}
int
keygen_add_revkey (PKT_signature *sig, void *opaque)
{
struct revocation_key *revkey = opaque;
byte buf[2+MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
log_assert (revkey->fprlen <= MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN);
buf[0] = revkey->class;
buf[1] = revkey->algid;
memcpy (buf + 2, revkey->fpr, revkey->fprlen);
memset (buf + 2 + revkey->fprlen, 0, sizeof (revkey->fpr) - revkey->fprlen);
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_REV_KEY, buf, 2+revkey->fprlen);
/* All sigs with revocation keys set are nonrevocable. */
sig->flags.revocable = 0;
buf[0] = 0;
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_REVOCABLE, buf, 1);
parse_revkeys (sig);
return 0;
}
/* Create a back-signature. If TIMESTAMP is not NULL, use it for the
signature creation time. */
gpg_error_t
make_backsig (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_signature *sig, PKT_public_key *pk,
PKT_public_key *sub_pk, PKT_public_key *sub_psk,
u32 timestamp, const char *cache_nonce)
{
gpg_error_t err;
PKT_signature *backsig;
cache_public_key (sub_pk);
err = make_keysig_packet (ctrl, &backsig, pk, NULL, sub_pk, sub_psk, 0x19,
timestamp, 0, NULL, NULL, cache_nonce);
if (err)
log_error ("make_keysig_packet failed for backsig: %s\n",
gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
/* Get it into a binary packed form. */
IOBUF backsig_out = iobuf_temp();
PACKET backsig_pkt;
init_packet (&backsig_pkt);
backsig_pkt.pkttype = PKT_SIGNATURE;
backsig_pkt.pkt.signature = backsig;
err = build_packet (backsig_out, &backsig_pkt);
free_packet (&backsig_pkt, NULL);
if (err)
log_error ("build_packet failed for backsig: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
size_t pktlen = 0;
byte *buf = iobuf_get_temp_buffer (backsig_out);
/* Remove the packet header. */
if(buf[0]&0x40)
{
if (buf[1] < 192)
{
pktlen = buf[1];
buf += 2;
}
else if(buf[1] < 224)
{
pktlen = (buf[1]-192)*256;
pktlen += buf[2]+192;
buf += 3;
}
else if (buf[1] == 255)
{
pktlen = buf32_to_size_t (buf+2);
buf += 6;
}
else
BUG ();
}
else
{
int mark = 1;
switch (buf[0]&3)
{
case 3:
BUG ();
break;
case 2:
pktlen = (size_t)buf[mark++] << 24;
pktlen |= buf[mark++] << 16;
/* fall through */
case 1:
pktlen |= buf[mark++] << 8;
/* fall through */
case 0:
pktlen |= buf[mark++];
}
buf += mark;
}
/* Now make the binary blob into a subpacket. */
build_sig_subpkt (sig, SIGSUBPKT_SIGNATURE, buf, pktlen);
iobuf_close (backsig_out);
}
}
return err;
}
/* This function should be called to make sure that
* opt.def_new_key_adsks has no duplicates and that tehre is no '!'
* suffix. We don't do this during normal option processing because
* this list is only needed for a very few operations. Callingit
* twice does not harm. Users of the option list should skip empty
* items. */
void
keygen_prepare_new_key_adsks (void)
{
strlist_t sl, slr;
char *p;
for (sl = opt.def_new_key_adsks; sl; sl = sl->next)
{
if (!*sl->d)
continue;
p = strchr (sl->d, '!');
if (p)
*p = 0;
for (slr = opt.def_new_key_adsks; slr != sl; slr = slr->next)
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (sl->d, slr->d))
{
*sl->d = 0; /* clear fpr to mark this as a duplicate. */
break;
}
}
}
/* Append all default ADSKs to the KEYBLOCK but ignore those which are
* already on that keyblock. Returns 0 if any key has been added;
* GPG_ERR_FALSE if no key was added or any other error code. */
gpg_error_t
append_all_default_adsks (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int any_done = 0;
strlist_t sl;
struct para_data_s *para;
byte adskfpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN];
size_t adskfprlen;
keygen_prepare_new_key_adsks ();
for (sl = opt.def_new_key_adsks; sl && !err; sl = sl->next)
{
if (!*sl->d)
continue;
para = prepare_adsk (ctrl, sl->d);
if (para)
{
fingerprint_from_pk (para->u.adsk, adskfpr, &adskfprlen);
if (!has_key_with_fingerprint (keyblock, adskfpr, adskfprlen))
{
err = append_adsk_to_key (ctrl, keyblock, para->u.adsk);
if (!err)
any_done = 1;
}
release_parameter_list (para);
}
}
if (!err && !any_done)
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_FALSE);
return err;
}
/* Write a direct key signature to the first key in ROOT using the key
PSK. REVKEY is describes the direct key signature and TIMESTAMP is
the timestamp to set on the signature. */
static gpg_error_t
write_direct_sig (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t root, PKT_public_key *psk,
struct revocation_key *revkey, u32 timestamp,
const char *cache_nonce)
{
gpg_error_t err;
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_signature *sig;
KBNODE node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("writing direct signature\n"));
/* Get the pk packet from the pub_tree. */
node = find_kbnode (root, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
if (!node)
BUG ();
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
/* We have to cache the key, so that the verification of the
signature creation is able to retrieve the public key. */
cache_public_key (pk);
/* Make the signature. */
err = make_keysig_packet (ctrl, &sig, pk, NULL,NULL, psk, 0x1F,
timestamp, 0,
keygen_add_revkey, revkey, cache_nonce);
if (err)
{
log_error ("make_keysig_packet failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err) );
return err;
}
pkt = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *pkt);
pkt->pkttype = PKT_SIGNATURE;
pkt->pkt.signature = sig;
add_kbnode (root, new_kbnode (pkt));
return err;
}
/* Write a self-signature to the first user id in ROOT using the key
PSK. USE and TIMESTAMP give the extra data we need for the
signature. */
static gpg_error_t
write_selfsigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t root, PKT_public_key *psk,
unsigned int use, u32 timestamp, const char *cache_nonce)
{
gpg_error_t err;
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_signature *sig;
PKT_user_id *uid;
KBNODE node;
PKT_public_key *pk;
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("writing self signature\n"));
/* Get the uid packet from the list. */
node = find_kbnode (root, PKT_USER_ID);
if (!node)
BUG(); /* No user id packet in tree. */
uid = node->pkt->pkt.user_id;
/* Get the pk packet from the pub_tree. */
node = find_kbnode (root, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
if (!node)
BUG();
pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
/* The usage has not yet been set - do it now. */
pk->pubkey_usage = use;
/* We have to cache the key, so that the verification of the
signature creation is able to retrieve the public key. */
cache_public_key (pk);
/* Make the signature. */
err = make_keysig_packet (ctrl, &sig, pk, uid, NULL, psk, 0x13,
timestamp, 0,
keygen_add_std_prefs, pk, cache_nonce);
if (err)
{
log_error ("make_keysig_packet failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
pkt = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *pkt);
pkt->pkttype = PKT_SIGNATURE;
pkt->pkt.signature = sig;
add_kbnode (root, new_kbnode (pkt));
return err;
}
/* Write the key binding signature. If TIMESTAMP is not NULL use the
signature creation time. PRI_PSK is the key use for signing.
SUB_PSK is a key used to create a back-signature; that one is only
used if USE has the PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG capability. */
static int
write_keybinding (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t root,
PKT_public_key *pri_psk, PKT_public_key *sub_psk,
unsigned int use, u32 timestamp, const char *cache_nonce)
{
gpg_error_t err;
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_signature *sig;
KBNODE node;
PKT_public_key *pri_pk, *sub_pk;
struct opaque_data_usage_and_pk oduap;
if (opt.verbose)
log_info(_("writing key binding signature\n"));
/* Get the primary pk packet from the tree. */
node = find_kbnode (root, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
if (!node)
BUG();
pri_pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
/* We have to cache the key, so that the verification of the
* signature creation is able to retrieve the public key. */
cache_public_key (pri_pk);
/* Find the last subkey. */
sub_pk = NULL;
for (node = root; node; node = node->next )
{
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
sub_pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
}
if (!sub_pk)
BUG();
/* Make the signature. */
oduap.usage = use;
if ((use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
&& opt.compliance == CO_DE_VS
/* The required libgcrypt 1.11 won't yet claim a compliant RNG. */
&& gnupg_rng_is_compliant (CO_DE_VS))
oduap.cpl_notation = "de-vs";
else if ((use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
&& sub_pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
oduap.cpl_notation = "fips203.ipd.2023-08-24";
else
oduap.cpl_notation = NULL;
oduap.pk = sub_pk;
err = make_keysig_packet (ctrl, &sig, pri_pk, NULL, sub_pk, pri_psk, 0x18,
timestamp, 0,
keygen_add_key_flags_from_oduap, &oduap,
cache_nonce);
if (err)
{
log_error ("make_keysig_packeto failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
/* Make a backsig. */
if (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
{
err = make_backsig (ctrl,
sig, pri_pk, sub_pk, sub_psk, timestamp, cache_nonce);
if (err)
return err;
}
pkt = xmalloc_clear ( sizeof *pkt );
pkt->pkttype = PKT_SIGNATURE;
pkt->pkt.signature = sig;
add_kbnode (root, new_kbnode (pkt) );
return err;
}
/* Returns true if SEXP specified the curve ED448 or X448. */
static int
curve_is_448 (gcry_sexp_t sexp)
{
gcry_sexp_t list, l2;
char *curve;
int result;
list = gcry_sexp_find_token (sexp, "public-key", 0);
if (!list)
return 0; /* Not a public key. */
l2 = gcry_sexp_cadr (list);
gcry_sexp_release (list);
list = l2;
if (!list)
return 0; /* Bad public key. */
l2 = gcry_sexp_find_token (list, "curve", 0);
gcry_sexp_release (list);
if (!l2)
return 0; /* No curve parameter. */
curve = gcry_sexp_nth_string (l2, 1);
gcry_sexp_release (l2);
if (!curve)
return 0; /* Bad curve parameter. */
result = (!ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "X448")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "Ed448")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "cv448"));
xfree (curve);
return result;
}
/* Extract the parameters in OpenPGP format from SEXP and put them
* into the caller provided ARRAY. SEXP2 is used to provide the
* parameters for dual algorithm (e.g. Kyber). */
static gpg_error_t
ecckey_from_sexp (gcry_mpi_t *array, gcry_sexp_t sexp,
gcry_sexp_t sexp2, int algo, int pkversion)
{
gpg_error_t err;
gcry_sexp_t list, l2;
char *curve = NULL;
int i;
const char *oidstr;
unsigned int nbits;
array[0] = NULL;
array[1] = NULL;
array[2] = NULL;
list = gcry_sexp_find_token (sexp, "public-key", 0);
if (!list)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ);
l2 = gcry_sexp_cadr (list);
gcry_sexp_release (list);
list = l2;
if (!list)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ);
l2 = gcry_sexp_find_token (list, "curve", 0);
if (!l2)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ);
goto leave;
}
curve = gcry_sexp_nth_string (l2, 1);
if (!curve)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ);
goto leave;
}
gcry_sexp_release (l2);
oidstr = openpgp_curve_to_oid (curve, &nbits, NULL);
if (!oidstr)
{
/* That can't happen because we used one of the curves
gpg_curve_to_oid knows about. */
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ);
goto leave;
}
/* For v5 keys we prefer the modern OID for cv25519. */
if (pkversion > 4 && !strcmp (oidstr, "1.3.6.1.4.1.3029.1.5.1"))
oidstr = "1.3.101.110";
err = openpgp_oid_from_str (oidstr, &array[0]);
if (err)
goto leave;
err = sexp_extract_param_sos (list, "q", &array[1]);
if (err)
goto leave;
gcry_sexp_release (list);
list = NULL;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
{
if (!sexp2)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_MISSING_VALUE);
goto leave;
}
list = gcry_sexp_find_token (sexp2, "public-key", 0);
if (!list)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ);
goto leave;
}
l2 = gcry_sexp_cadr (list);
gcry_sexp_release (list);
list = l2;
if (!list)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ);
goto leave;
}
l2 = gcry_sexp_find_token (list, "p", 1);
if (!l2)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ); /* required parameter not found */
goto leave;
}
array[2] = gcry_sexp_nth_mpi (l2, 1, GCRYMPI_FMT_OPAQUE);
gcry_sexp_release (l2);
if (!array[2])
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ); /* required parameter invalid */
goto leave;
}
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
array[2] = pk_ecdh_default_params (nbits);
if (!array[2])
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
}
leave:
xfree (curve);
gcry_sexp_release (list);
if (err)
{
for (i=0; i < 3; i++)
{
gcry_mpi_release (array[i]);
array[i] = NULL;
}
}
return err;
}
/* Extract key parameters from SEXP and store them in ARRAY. ELEMS is
a string where each character denotes a parameter name. TOPNAME is
the name of the top element above the elements. */
static int
key_from_sexp (gcry_mpi_t *array, gcry_sexp_t sexp,
const char *topname, const char *elems)
{
gcry_sexp_t list, l2;
const char *s;
int i, idx;
int rc = 0;
list = gcry_sexp_find_token (sexp, topname, 0);
if (!list)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ);
l2 = gcry_sexp_cadr (list);
gcry_sexp_release (list);
list = l2;
if (!list)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ);
for (idx=0,s=elems; *s; s++, idx++)
{
l2 = gcry_sexp_find_token (list, s, 1);
if (!l2)
{
rc = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_OBJ); /* required parameter not found */
goto leave;
}
array[idx] = gcry_sexp_nth_mpi (l2, 1, GCRYMPI_FMT_USG);
gcry_sexp_release (l2);
if (!array[idx])
{
rc = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_OBJ); /* required parameter invalid */
goto leave;
}
}
gcry_sexp_release (list);
leave:
if (rc)
{
for (i=0; i<idx; i++)
{
gcry_mpi_release (array[i]);
array[i] = NULL;
}
gcry_sexp_release (list);
}
return rc;
}
/* Create a keyblock using the given KEYGRIP. ALGO is the OpenPGP
* algorithm of that keygrip. If CARDKEY is true the key is expected
* to already live on the active card. */
static int
do_create_from_keygrip (ctrl_t ctrl, int algo,
const char *hexkeygrip, int cardkey,
kbnode_t pub_root, u32 timestamp, u32 expireval,
int is_subkey, int *keygen_flags)
{
int err;
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_public_key *pk;
gcry_sexp_t s_key;
gcry_sexp_t s_key2 = NULL;
const char *algoelem;
char *hexkeygrip_buffer = NULL;
char *hexkeygrip2 = NULL;
if (hexkeygrip[0] == '&')
hexkeygrip++;
if (strchr (hexkeygrip, ','))
{
hexkeygrip_buffer = xtrystrdup (hexkeygrip);
if (!hexkeygrip_buffer)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
hexkeygrip = hexkeygrip_buffer;
hexkeygrip2 = strchr (hexkeygrip_buffer, ',');
if (hexkeygrip2)
*hexkeygrip2++ = 0;
}
switch (algo)
{
case PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA: algoelem = "ne"; break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA: algoelem = "pqgy"; break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E: algoelem = "pgy"; break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH:
case PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA: algoelem = ""; break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA: algoelem = ""; break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER: algoelem = ""; break;
default:
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INTERNAL);
}
/* Ask the agent for the public key matching HEXKEYGRIP. */
if (cardkey)
{
err = agent_scd_readkey (ctrl, hexkeygrip, &s_key, NULL);
if (err)
{
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
}
else
{
unsigned char *public;
err = agent_readkey (ctrl, 0, hexkeygrip, &public);
if (err)
{
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
err = gcry_sexp_sscan (&s_key, NULL, public,
gcry_sexp_canon_len (public, 0, NULL, NULL));
xfree (public);
if (err)
{
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
if (hexkeygrip2)
{
err = agent_readkey (ctrl, 0, hexkeygrip2, &public);
if (err)
{
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
err = gcry_sexp_sscan (&s_key2, NULL, public,
gcry_sexp_canon_len (public, 0, NULL, NULL));
xfree (public);
if (err)
{
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
}
}
/* For X448 and Kyber we force the use of v5 packets. */
if (curve_is_448 (s_key) || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
*keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
/* Build a public key packet. */
pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk);
if (!pk)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
gcry_sexp_release (s_key2);
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
pk->timestamp = timestamp;
pk->version = (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY)? 5 : 4;
if (expireval)
pk->expiredate = pk->timestamp + expireval;
pk->pubkey_algo = algo;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
err = ecckey_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, s_key2, algo, pk->version);
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH )
err = ecckey_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, NULL, algo, pk->version);
else
err = key_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, "public-key", algoelem);
if (err)
{
log_error ("key_from_sexp failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err) );
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
gcry_sexp_release (s_key2);
free_public_key (pk);
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
gcry_sexp_release (s_key2);
pkt = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pkt);
if (!pkt)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
free_public_key (pk);
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return err;
}
pkt->pkttype = is_subkey ? PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY : PKT_PUBLIC_KEY;
pkt->pkt.public_key = pk;
add_kbnode (pub_root, new_kbnode (pkt));
xfree (hexkeygrip_buffer);
return 0;
}
/* Common code for the key generation function gen_xxx. The optional
* (COMMON_GEN_CB,COMMON_GEN_CB_PARM) can be used as communication
* object. A KEYPARMS2 forces the use of a dual key (e.g. Kyber+ECC).
*/
static int
common_gen (const char *keyparms, const char *keyparms2,
int algo, const char *algoelem,
kbnode_t pub_root, u32 timestamp, u32 expireval, int is_subkey,
int keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
int err;
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_public_key *pk;
gcry_sexp_t s_key;
gcry_sexp_t s_key2 = NULL;
err = agent_genkey (NULL, cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr, keyparms,
!!(keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION),
passphrase, timestamp,
&s_key);
if (err)
{
log_error ("agent_genkey failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err) );
return err;
}
if (keyparms2)
{
err = agent_genkey (NULL, NULL, NULL, keyparms2,
1 /* No protection */,
NULL, timestamp,
&s_key2);
if (err)
{
log_error ("agent_genkey failed for second algo: %s\n",
gpg_strerror (err) );
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
return err;
}
}
if (common_gen_cb && common_gen_cb_parm)
{
common_gen_cb_parm->genkey_result = s_key;
common_gen_cb_parm->genkey_result2 = s_key2;
err = common_gen_cb (common_gen_cb_parm);
common_gen_cb_parm->genkey_result = NULL;
common_gen_cb_parm->genkey_result2 = NULL;
if (err)
{
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
gcry_sexp_release (s_key2);
return err;
}
}
pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk);
if (!pk)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
return err;
}
pk->timestamp = timestamp;
pk->version = (keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY)? 5 : 4;
if (expireval)
pk->expiredate = pk->timestamp + expireval;
pk->pubkey_algo = algo;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
err = ecckey_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, s_key2, algo, pk->version);
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH )
err = ecckey_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, NULL, algo, pk->version);
else
err = key_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, "public-key", algoelem);
if (err)
{
log_error ("key_from_sexp failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err) );
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
free_public_key (pk);
return err;
}
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
gcry_sexp_release (s_key2);
pkt = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pkt);
if (!pkt)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
free_public_key (pk);
return err;
}
pkt->pkttype = is_subkey ? PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY : PKT_PUBLIC_KEY;
pkt->pkt.public_key = pk;
add_kbnode (pub_root, new_kbnode (pkt));
return 0;
}
/*
* Generate an Elgamal key.
*/
static int
gen_elg (int algo, unsigned int nbits, KBNODE pub_root,
u32 timestamp, u32 expireval, int is_subkey,
int keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
int err;
char *keyparms;
char nbitsstr[35];
log_assert (is_ELGAMAL (algo));
if (nbits < 1024)
{
nbits = 2048;
log_info (_("keysize invalid; using %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
else if (nbits > 4096)
{
nbits = 4096;
log_info (_("keysize invalid; using %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
if ((nbits % 32))
{
nbits = ((nbits + 31) / 32) * 32;
log_info (_("keysize rounded up to %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
/* Note that we use transient-key only if no-protection has also
been enabled. */
snprintf (nbitsstr, sizeof nbitsstr, "%u", nbits);
keyparms = xtryasprintf ("(genkey(%s(nbits %zu:%s)%s))",
algo == GCRY_PK_ELG_E ? "openpgp-elg" :
algo == GCRY_PK_ELG ? "elg" : "x-oops" ,
strlen (nbitsstr), nbitsstr,
((keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
"(transient-key)" : "" );
if (!keyparms)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
err = common_gen (keyparms, NULL, algo, "pgy",
pub_root, timestamp, expireval, is_subkey,
keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
xfree (keyparms);
}
return err;
}
/*
* Generate an DSA key
*/
static gpg_error_t
gen_dsa (unsigned int nbits, KBNODE pub_root,
u32 timestamp, u32 expireval, int is_subkey,
int keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
int err;
unsigned int qbits;
char *keyparms;
char nbitsstr[35];
char qbitsstr[35];
if (nbits < 768)
{
nbits = 2048;
log_info(_("keysize invalid; using %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
else if ( nbits > 3072 )
{
nbits = 3072;
log_info(_("keysize invalid; using %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
if( (nbits % 64) )
{
nbits = ((nbits + 63) / 64) * 64;
log_info(_("keysize rounded up to %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
/* To comply with FIPS rules we round up to the next value unless in
expert mode. */
if (!opt.expert && nbits > 1024 && (nbits % 1024))
{
nbits = ((nbits + 1023) / 1024) * 1024;
log_info(_("keysize rounded up to %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
/*
Figure out a q size based on the key size. FIPS 180-3 says:
L = 1024, N = 160
L = 2048, N = 224
L = 2048, N = 256
L = 3072, N = 256
2048/256 is an odd pair since there is also a 2048/224 and
3072/256. Matching sizes is not a very exact science.
We'll do 256 qbits for nbits over 2047, 224 for nbits over 1024
but less than 2048, and 160 for 1024 (DSA1).
*/
if (nbits > 2047)
qbits = 256;
else if ( nbits > 1024)
qbits = 224;
else
qbits = 160;
if (qbits != 160 )
log_info (_("WARNING: some OpenPGP programs can't"
" handle a DSA key with this digest size\n"));
snprintf (nbitsstr, sizeof nbitsstr, "%u", nbits);
snprintf (qbitsstr, sizeof qbitsstr, "%u", qbits);
keyparms = xtryasprintf ("(genkey(dsa(nbits %zu:%s)(qbits %zu:%s)%s))",
strlen (nbitsstr), nbitsstr,
strlen (qbitsstr), qbitsstr,
((keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
"(transient-key)" : "" );
if (!keyparms)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
err = common_gen (keyparms, NULL, PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA, "pqgy",
pub_root, timestamp, expireval, is_subkey,
keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
xfree (keyparms);
}
return err;
}
/*
* Generate an ECC key.
* Note that KEYGEN_FLAGS might be updated by this function to
* indicate the forced creation of a v5 key.
*/
static gpg_error_t
gen_ecc (int algo, const char *curve, kbnode_t pub_root,
u32 timestamp, u32 expireval, int is_subkey,
int *keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *keyparms;
log_assert (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH);
if (!curve || !*curve)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE);
/* Map the displayed short forms of some curves to their canonical
* names. */
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "cv25519"))
curve = "Curve25519";
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "ed25519"))
curve = "Ed25519";
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "cv448"))
curve = "X448";
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (curve, "ed448"))
curve = "Ed448";
/* Note that we use the "comp" flag with EdDSA to request the use of
a 0x40 compression prefix octet. */
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA && !strcmp (curve, "Ed25519"))
{
keyparms = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags eddsa comp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA && !strcmp (curve, "Ed448"))
{
*keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
keyparms = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags comp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH && !strcmp (curve, "Curve25519"))
{
keyparms = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags djb-tweak comp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH && !strcmp (curve, "X448"))
{
*keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
keyparms = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags comp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
else
{
keyparms = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags nocomp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
if (!keyparms)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
err = common_gen (keyparms, NULL, algo, "",
pub_root, timestamp, expireval, is_subkey,
*keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
xfree (keyparms);
}
return err;
}
/* Generate a dual ECC+Kyber key. Note that KEYGEN_FLAGS will be
* updated by this function to indicate the forced creation of a v5
* key. */
static gpg_error_t
gen_kyber (int algo, unsigned int nbits, const char *curve, kbnode_t pub_root,
u32 timestamp, u32 expireval, int is_subkey,
int *keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *keyparms1;
const char *keyparms2;
log_assert (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER);
if (nbits == 768)
keyparms2 = "(genkey(kyber768))";
else if (nbits == 1024)
keyparms2 = "(genkey(kyber1024))";
else
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_ALGORITHM);
if (!curve || !*curve)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE);
*keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
if (!strcmp (curve, "Curve25519"))
{
keyparms1 = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags djb-tweak comp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
else if (!strcmp (curve, "X448"))
{
keyparms1 = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags comp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
else /* Should we use the compressed format? Check smartcard support. */
{
keyparms1 = xtryasprintf
("(genkey(ecc(curve %zu:%s)(flags nocomp%s)))",
strlen (curve), curve,
(((*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
" transient-key" : ""));
}
if (!keyparms1)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
err = common_gen (keyparms1, keyparms2, algo, "",
pub_root, timestamp, expireval, is_subkey,
*keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
xfree (keyparms1);
}
return err;
}
/*
* Generate an RSA key.
*/
static int
gen_rsa (int algo, unsigned int nbits, KBNODE pub_root,
u32 timestamp, u32 expireval, int is_subkey,
int keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
int err;
char *keyparms;
char nbitsstr[35];
const unsigned maxsize = (opt.flags.large_rsa ? 8192 : 4096);
log_assert (is_RSA(algo));
if (!nbits)
nbits = get_keysize_range (algo, NULL, NULL);
if (nbits < 1024)
{
nbits = 3072;
log_info (_("keysize invalid; using %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
else if (nbits > maxsize)
{
nbits = maxsize;
log_info (_("keysize invalid; using %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
if ((nbits % 32))
{
nbits = ((nbits + 31) / 32) * 32;
log_info (_("keysize rounded up to %u bits\n"), nbits );
}
snprintf (nbitsstr, sizeof nbitsstr, "%u", nbits);
keyparms = xtryasprintf ("(genkey(rsa(nbits %zu:%s)%s))",
strlen (nbitsstr), nbitsstr,
((keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY)
&& (keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION))?
"(transient-key)" : "" );
if (!keyparms)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
err = common_gen (keyparms, NULL, algo, "ne",
pub_root, timestamp, expireval, is_subkey,
keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
xfree (keyparms);
}
return err;
}
/****************
* check valid days:
* return 0 on error or the multiplier
*/
static int
check_valid_days( const char *s )
{
if( !digitp(s) )
return 0;
for( s++; *s; s++)
if( !digitp(s) )
break;
if( !*s )
return 1;
if( s[1] )
return 0; /* e.g. "2323wc" */
if( *s == 'd' || *s == 'D' )
return 1;
if( *s == 'w' || *s == 'W' )
return 7;
if( *s == 'm' || *s == 'M' )
return 30;
if( *s == 'y' || *s == 'Y' )
return 365;
return 0;
}
static void
print_key_flags(int flags)
{
if(flags&PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
tty_printf("%s ",_("Sign"));
if(flags&PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)
tty_printf("%s ",_("Certify"));
if(flags&PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
tty_printf("%s ",_("Encrypt"));
if(flags&PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)
tty_printf("%s ",_("Authenticate"));
if(flags&PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC)
tty_printf("%s ", "RENC");
}
/* Ask for the key flags and return them. CURRENT gives the current
* usage which should normally be given as 0. MASK gives the allowed
* flags. */
unsigned int
ask_key_flags_with_mask (int algo, int subkey, unsigned int current,
unsigned int mask)
{
/* TRANSLATORS: Please use only plain ASCII characters for the
* translation. If this is not possible use single digits. The
* string needs to 8 bytes long. Here is a description of the
* functions:
*
* s = Toggle signing capability
* e = Toggle encryption capability
* a = Toggle authentication capability
* q = Finish
*/
const char *togglers = _("SsEeAaQq");
char *answer = NULL;
const char *s;
unsigned int possible;
if ( strlen(togglers) != 8 )
{
tty_printf ("NOTE: Bad translation at %s:%d. "
"Please report.\n", __FILE__, __LINE__);
togglers = "11223300";
}
/* restrict the mask to the actual useful bits. */
/* Mask the possible usage flags. This is for example used for a
* card based key. For ECDH we need to allows additional usages if
* they are provided. RENC is not directly poissible here but see
* below for a workaround. */
possible = (openpgp_pk_algo_usage (algo) & mask);
possible &= ~PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
possible |= (current & (PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC
|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT
|PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG
|PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH));
/* However, only primary keys may certify. */
if (subkey)
possible &= ~PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
/* Preload the current set with the possible set, without
* authentication if CURRENT is 0. If CURRENT is non-zero we mask
* with all possible usages. */
if (current)
current &= possible;
else
current = (possible&~PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH);
for (;;)
{
tty_printf("\n");
tty_printf(_("Possible actions for this %s key: "),
(algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
? "ECC" : openpgp_pk_algo_name (algo));
print_key_flags(possible);
tty_printf("\n");
tty_printf(_("Current allowed actions: "));
print_key_flags(current);
tty_printf("\n\n");
if(possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
tty_printf(_(" (%c) Toggle the sign capability\n"),
togglers[0]);
if(possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
tty_printf(_(" (%c) Toggle the encrypt capability\n"),
togglers[2]);
if(possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)
tty_printf(_(" (%c) Toggle the authenticate capability\n"),
togglers[4]);
tty_printf(_(" (%c) Finished\n"),togglers[6]);
tty_printf("\n");
xfree(answer);
answer = cpr_get("keygen.flags",_("Your selection? "));
cpr_kill_prompt();
if (*answer == '=')
{
/* Hack to allow direct entry of the capabilities. */
current = 0;
for (s=answer+1; *s; s++)
{
if ((*s == 's' || *s == 'S') && (possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG))
current |= PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else if ((*s == 'e' || *s == 'E') && (possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC))
current |= PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
else if ((*s == 'a' || *s == 'A') && (possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH))
current |= PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
else if (!subkey && *s == 'c')
{
/* Accept 'c' for the primary key because USAGE_CERT
will be set anyway. This is for folks who
want to experiment with a cert-only primary key. */
current |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
}
else if ((*s == 'r' || *s == 'R') && (possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC))
{
/* Allow to set RENC or an encryption capable key.
* This is on purpose not shown in the menu. */
current |= PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC;
}
}
break;
}
else if (strlen(answer)>1)
tty_printf(_("Invalid selection.\n"));
else if(*answer=='\0' || *answer==togglers[6] || *answer==togglers[7])
break;
else if((*answer==togglers[0] || *answer==togglers[1])
&& possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
{
if(current&PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
current&=~PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else
current|=PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
}
else if((*answer==togglers[2] || *answer==togglers[3])
&& possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
{
if(current&PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
current&=~PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
else
current|=PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
}
else if((*answer==togglers[4] || *answer==togglers[5])
&& possible&PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)
{
if(current&PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)
current&=~PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
else
current|=PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
}
else
tty_printf(_("Invalid selection.\n"));
}
xfree(answer);
return current;
}
unsigned int
ask_key_flags (int algo, int subkey, unsigned int current)
{
return ask_key_flags_with_mask (algo, subkey, current, ~0);
}
/* Check whether we have a key for the key with HEXGRIP. Returns 0 if
there is no such key or the OpenPGP algo number for the key. */
static int
check_keygrip (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *hexgrip)
{
gpg_error_t err;
unsigned char *public;
size_t publiclen;
int algo;
if (hexgrip[0] == '&')
hexgrip++;
err = agent_readkey (ctrl, 0, hexgrip, &public);
if (err)
return 0;
publiclen = gcry_sexp_canon_len (public, 0, NULL, NULL);
algo = get_pk_algo_from_canon_sexp (public, publiclen);
xfree (public);
return map_gcry_pk_to_openpgp (algo);
}
/* Ask for an algorithm. The function returns the algorithm id to
* create. If ADDMODE is false the function won't show an option to
* create the primary and subkey combined and won't set R_USAGE
* either. If a combined algorithm has been selected, the subkey
* algorithm is stored at R_SUBKEY_ALGO. If R_KEYGRIP is given, the
* user has the choice to enter the keygrip of an existing key. That
* keygrip is then stored at this address. The caller needs to free
* it. If R_CARDKEY is not NULL and the keygrip has been taken from
* an active card, true is stored there; if R_KEYTIME is not NULL the
* creation time of that key is then stored there. */
static int
ask_algo (ctrl_t ctrl, int addmode, int *r_subkey_algo, unsigned int *r_usage,
char **r_keygrip, int *r_cardkey, u32 *r_keytime)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *keygrip = NULL;
u32 keytime = 0;
char *answer = NULL;
int cardkey = 0;
int algo;
int dummy_algo;
if (!r_subkey_algo)
r_subkey_algo = &dummy_algo;
tty_printf (_("Please select what kind of key you want:\n"));
#if GPG_USE_RSA
if (!addmode)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) RSA and RSA%s\n"), 1, "");
#endif
if (!addmode && opt.compliance != CO_DE_VS)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) DSA and Elgamal%s\n"), 2, "");
if (opt.compliance != CO_DE_VS)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) DSA (sign only)%s\n"), 3, "");
#if GPG_USE_RSA
tty_printf (_(" (%d) RSA (sign only)%s\n"), 4, "");
#endif
if (addmode)
{
if (opt.compliance != CO_DE_VS)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) Elgamal (encrypt only)%s\n"), 5, "");
#if GPG_USE_RSA
tty_printf (_(" (%d) RSA (encrypt only)%s\n"), 6, "");
#endif
}
if (opt.expert)
{
if (opt.compliance != CO_DE_VS)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) DSA (set your own capabilities)%s\n"), 7, "");
#if GPG_USE_RSA
tty_printf (_(" (%d) RSA (set your own capabilities)%s\n"), 8, "");
#endif
}
#if GPG_USE_ECDSA || GPG_USE_ECDH || GPG_USE_EDDSA
if (!addmode)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) ECC (sign and encrypt)%s\n"), 9, _(" *default*") );
tty_printf (_(" (%d) ECC (sign only)\n"), 10 );
if (opt.expert)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) ECC (set your own capabilities)%s\n"), 11, "");
if (addmode)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) ECC (encrypt only)%s\n"), 12, "");
#endif
if (opt.expert && r_keygrip)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) Existing key%s\n"), 13, "");
if (r_keygrip)
tty_printf (_(" (%d) Existing key from card%s\n"), 14, "");
for (;;)
{
*r_usage = 0;
*r_subkey_algo = 0;
xfree (answer);
answer = cpr_get ("keygen.algo", _("Your selection? "));
cpr_kill_prompt ();
algo = *answer? atoi (answer) : 9; /* Default algo is 9 */
if (opt.compliance == CO_DE_VS
&& (algo == 2 || algo == 3 || algo == 5 || algo == 7))
{
tty_printf (_("Invalid selection.\n"));
}
else if ((algo == 1 || !strcmp (answer, "rsa+rsa")) && !addmode)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA;
*r_subkey_algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 2 || !strcmp (answer, "dsa+elg")) && !addmode)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA;
*r_subkey_algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E;
break;
}
else if (algo == 3 || !strcmp (answer, "dsa"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA;
*r_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
break;
}
else if (algo == 4 || !strcmp (answer, "rsa/s"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA;
*r_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 5 || !strcmp (answer, "elg")) && addmode)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E;
*r_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 6 || !strcmp (answer, "rsa/e")) && addmode)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA;
*r_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 7 || !strcmp (answer, "dsa/*")) && opt.expert)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA;
*r_usage = ask_key_flags (algo, addmode, 0);
break;
}
else if ((algo == 8 || !strcmp (answer, "rsa/*")) && opt.expert)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA;
*r_usage = ask_key_flags (algo, addmode, 0);
break;
}
else if ((algo == 9 || !strcmp (answer, "ecc+ecc"))
&& !addmode)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
*r_subkey_algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 10 || !strcmp (answer, "ecc/s")))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
*r_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 11 || !strcmp (answer, "ecc/*")) && opt.expert)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
*r_usage = ask_key_flags (algo, addmode, 0);
break;
}
else if ((algo == 12 || !strcmp (answer, "ecc/e"))
&& addmode)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
*r_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
break;
}
else if ((algo == 13 || !strcmp (answer, "keygrip"))
&& opt.expert && r_keygrip)
{
for (;;)
{
xfree (answer);
answer = cpr_get ("keygen.keygrip", _("Enter the keygrip: "));
cpr_kill_prompt ();
trim_spaces (answer);
if (!*answer)
{
xfree (answer);
answer = NULL;
continue;
}
if (strlen (answer) == 40+1+40 && answer[40]==',')
{
int algo1, algo2;
answer[40] = 0;
algo1 = check_keygrip (ctrl, answer);
algo2 = check_keygrip (ctrl, answer+41);
answer[40] = ',';
if (algo1 == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH && algo2 == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER;
break;
}
else if (!algo1 || !algo2)
tty_printf (_("No key with this keygrip\n"));
else
tty_printf ("Invalid combination for dual algo (%d,%d)\n",
algo1, algo2);
}
else if (strlen (answer) != 40 &&
!(answer[0] == '&' && strlen (answer+1) == 40))
tty_printf
(_("Not a valid keygrip (expecting 40 hex digits)\n"));
else if (!(algo = check_keygrip (ctrl, answer)) )
tty_printf (_("No key with this keygrip\n"));
else
break; /* Okay. */
}
xfree (keygrip);
keygrip = answer;
answer = NULL;
*r_usage = ask_key_flags (algo, addmode, 0);
break;
}
else if ((algo == 14 || !strcmp (answer, "cardkey")) && r_keygrip)
{
char *serialno;
keypair_info_t keypairlist, kpi;
int count, selection;
err = agent_scd_serialno (&serialno, NULL);
if (err)
{
tty_printf (_("error reading the card: %s\n"),
gpg_strerror (err));
goto ask_again;
}
tty_printf (_("Serial number of the card: %s\n"), serialno);
xfree (serialno);
err = agent_scd_keypairinfo (ctrl, NULL, &keypairlist);
if (err)
{
tty_printf (_("error reading the card: %s\n"),
gpg_strerror (err));
goto ask_again;
}
do
{
char *authkeyref, *encrkeyref, *signkeyref;
agent_scd_getattr_one ("$AUTHKEYID", &authkeyref);
agent_scd_getattr_one ("$ENCRKEYID", &encrkeyref);
agent_scd_getattr_one ("$SIGNKEYID", &signkeyref);
tty_printf (_("Available keys:\n"));
for (count=1, kpi=keypairlist; kpi; kpi = kpi->next, count++)
{
gcry_sexp_t s_pkey;
char *algostr = NULL;
enum gcry_pk_algos algoid = 0;
const char *keyref = kpi->idstr;
int any = 0;
if (keyref
&& !agent_scd_readkey (ctrl, keyref, &s_pkey, NULL))
{
algostr = pubkey_algo_string (s_pkey, &algoid);
gcry_sexp_release (s_pkey);
}
/* We need to tweak the algo in case GCRY_PK_ECC is
* returned because pubkey_algo_string is not aware
* of the OpenPGP algo mapping. We need to
* distinguish between ECDH and ECDSA but we can do
* that only if we got usage flags.
* Note: Keep this in sync with parse_key_parameter_part.
*/
if (algoid == GCRY_PK_ECC && algostr)
{
if (!strcmp (algostr, "ed25519"))
kpi->algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
else if (!strcmp (algostr, "ed448"))
kpi->algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
else if (!strcmp (algostr, "cv25519"))
kpi->algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else if (!strcmp (algostr, "cv448"))
kpi->algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else if ((kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_ENCR))
kpi->algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else
kpi->algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
}
else
kpi->algo = map_gcry_pk_to_openpgp (algoid);
tty_printf (" (%d) %s %s %s",
count, kpi->keygrip, keyref, algostr);
if ((kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_CERT))
{
tty_printf ("%scert", any?",":" (");
any = 1;
}
if ((kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_SIGN))
{
tty_printf ("%ssign%s", any?",":" (",
(signkeyref && keyref
&& !strcmp (signkeyref, keyref))? "*":"");
any = 1;
}
if ((kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_AUTH))
{
tty_printf ("%sauth%s", any?",":" (",
(authkeyref && keyref
&& !strcmp (authkeyref, keyref))? "*":"");
any = 1;
}
if ((kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_ENCR))
{
tty_printf ("%sencr%s", any?",":" (",
(encrkeyref && keyref
&& !strcmp (encrkeyref, keyref))? "*":"");
any = 1;
}
tty_printf ("%s\n", any?")":"");
xfree (algostr);
}
xfree (answer);
answer = cpr_get ("keygen.cardkey", _("Your selection? "));
cpr_kill_prompt ();
trim_spaces (answer);
selection = atoi (answer);
xfree (authkeyref);
xfree (encrkeyref);
xfree (signkeyref);
}
while (!(selection > 0 && selection < count));
for (count=1,kpi=keypairlist; kpi; kpi = kpi->next, count++)
if (count == selection)
break;
if (!kpi)
{
/* Just in case COUNT is zero (no keys). */
free_keypair_info (keypairlist);
goto ask_again;
}
xfree (keygrip);
keygrip = xstrdup (kpi->keygrip);
cardkey = 1;
algo = kpi->algo;
keytime = kpi->keytime;
/* In expert mode allow to change the usage flags. */
if (opt.expert)
*r_usage = ask_key_flags_with_mask (algo, addmode,
kpi->usage, kpi->usage);
else
{
*r_usage = kpi->usage;
if (addmode)
*r_usage &= ~GCRY_PK_USAGE_CERT;
}
free_keypair_info (keypairlist);
break;
}
else
tty_printf (_("Invalid selection.\n"));
ask_again:
;
}
xfree(answer);
if (r_keygrip)
*r_keygrip = keygrip;
if (r_cardkey)
*r_cardkey = cardkey;
if (r_keytime)
*r_keytime = keytime;
return algo;
}
static unsigned int
get_keysize_range (int algo, unsigned int *min, unsigned int *max)
{
unsigned int def;
unsigned int dummy1, dummy2;
if (!min)
min = &dummy1;
if (!max)
max = &dummy2;
switch(algo)
{
case PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA:
*min = opt.expert? 768 : 1024;
*max=3072;
def=2048;
break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA:
case PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH:
*min=256;
*max=521;
def=256;
break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA:
*min=255;
*max=441;
def=255;
break;
case PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER:
*min = 768;
*max = 1024;
def = 768;
break;
default:
*min = opt.compliance == CO_DE_VS ? 2048: 1024;
*max = 4096;
def = 3072;
break;
}
return def;
}
/* Return a fixed up keysize depending on ALGO. */
static unsigned int
fixup_keysize (unsigned int nbits, int algo, int silent)
{
unsigned int orig_nbits = nbits;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA && (nbits % 64))
{
nbits = ((nbits + 63) / 64) * 64;
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
{
if (nbits < 256)
nbits = 255;
else
nbits = 441;
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA)
{
if (nbits < 256)
nbits = 256;
else if (nbits < 384)
nbits = 384;
else
nbits = 521;
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
{
/* (in reality the numbers are not bits) */
if (nbits < 768)
nbits = 768;
else if (nbits > 1024)
nbits = 1024;
}
else if ((nbits % 32))
{
nbits = ((nbits + 31) / 32) * 32;
}
if (!silent && orig_nbits != nbits)
tty_printf (_("rounded to %u bits\n"), nbits);
return nbits;
}
/* Ask for the key size. ALGO is the algorithm. If PRIMARY_KEYSIZE
is not 0, the function asks for the size of the encryption
subkey. */
static unsigned
ask_keysize (int algo, unsigned int primary_keysize)
{
unsigned int nbits;
unsigned int min, def, max;
int for_subkey = !!primary_keysize;
int autocomp = 0;
def = get_keysize_range (algo, &min, &max);
if (primary_keysize && !opt.expert)
{
/* Deduce the subkey size from the primary key size. */
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA && primary_keysize > 3072)
nbits = 3072; /* For performance reasons we don't support more
than 3072 bit DSA. However we won't see this
case anyway because DSA can't be used as an
encryption subkey ;-). */
else
nbits = primary_keysize;
autocomp = 1;
goto leave;
}
tty_printf(_("%s keys may be between %u and %u bits long.\n"),
openpgp_pk_algo_name (algo), min, max);
for (;;)
{
char *prompt, *answer;
if (for_subkey)
prompt = xasprintf (_("What keysize do you want "
"for the subkey? (%u) "), def);
else
prompt = xasprintf (_("What keysize do you want? (%u) "), def);
answer = cpr_get ("keygen.size", prompt);
cpr_kill_prompt ();
nbits = *answer? atoi (answer): def;
xfree(prompt);
xfree(answer);
if(nbits<min || nbits>max)
tty_printf(_("%s keysizes must be in the range %u-%u\n"),
openpgp_pk_algo_name (algo), min, max);
else
break;
}
tty_printf (_("Requested keysize is %u bits\n"), nbits);
leave:
nbits = fixup_keysize (nbits, algo, autocomp);
return nbits;
}
/* Ask for the curve. ALGO is the selected algorithm which this
function may adjust. Returns a const string of the name of the
curve. */
const char *
ask_curve (int *algo, int *subkey_algo, const char *current)
{
/* NB: We always use a complete algo list so that we have stable
numbers in the menu regardless on how Gpg was configured. */
struct {
const char *name;
const char* eddsa_curve; /* Corresponding EdDSA curve. */
const char *pretty_name;
unsigned int supported : 1; /* Supported by gpg. */
unsigned int de_vs : 1; /* Allowed in CO_DE_VS. */
unsigned int expert_only : 1; /* Only with --expert */
unsigned int available : 1; /* Available in Libycrypt (runtime checked) */
} curves[] = {
#if GPG_USE_ECDSA || GPG_USE_ECDH
# define MY_USE_ECDSADH 1
#else
# define MY_USE_ECDSADH 0
#endif
{ "Curve25519", "Ed25519", "Curve 25519", !!GPG_USE_EDDSA, 0, 0, 0 },
{ "X448", "Ed448", "Curve 448", !!GPG_USE_EDDSA, 0, 1, 0 },
{ "NIST P-256", NULL, NULL, MY_USE_ECDSADH, 0, 1, 0 },
{ "NIST P-384", NULL, NULL, MY_USE_ECDSADH, 0, 0, 0 },
{ "NIST P-521", NULL, NULL, MY_USE_ECDSADH, 0, 1, 0 },
{ "brainpoolP256r1", NULL, "Brainpool P-256", MY_USE_ECDSADH, 1, 0, 0 },
{ "brainpoolP384r1", NULL, "Brainpool P-384", MY_USE_ECDSADH, 1, 1, 0 },
{ "brainpoolP512r1", NULL, "Brainpool P-512", MY_USE_ECDSADH, 1, 1, 0 },
{ "secp256k1", NULL, NULL, MY_USE_ECDSADH, 0, 1, 0 },
};
#undef MY_USE_ECDSADH
int idx;
char *answer;
const char *result = NULL;
gcry_sexp_t keyparms;
tty_printf (_("Please select which elliptic curve you want:\n"));
keyparms = NULL;
for (idx=0; idx < DIM(curves); idx++)
{
int rc;
curves[idx].available = 0;
if (!curves[idx].supported)
continue;
if (opt.compliance==CO_DE_VS)
{
if (!curves[idx].de_vs)
continue; /* Not allowed. */
}
else if (!opt.expert && curves[idx].expert_only)
continue;
/* We need to switch from the ECDH name of the curve to the
EDDSA name of the curve if we want a signing key. */
gcry_sexp_release (keyparms);
rc = gcry_sexp_build (&keyparms, NULL,
"(public-key(ecc(curve %s)))",
curves[idx].eddsa_curve? curves[idx].eddsa_curve
/**/ : curves[idx].name);
if (rc)
continue;
if (!gcry_pk_get_curve (keyparms, 0, NULL))
continue;
if (subkey_algo && curves[idx].eddsa_curve)
{
/* Both Curve 25519 (or 448) keys are to be created. Check that
Libgcrypt also supports the real Curve25519 (or 448). */
gcry_sexp_release (keyparms);
rc = gcry_sexp_build (&keyparms, NULL,
"(public-key(ecc(curve %s)))",
curves[idx].name);
if (rc)
continue;
if (!gcry_pk_get_curve (keyparms, 0, NULL))
continue;
}
curves[idx].available = 1;
tty_printf (" (%d) %s%s\n", idx + 1,
curves[idx].pretty_name?
curves[idx].pretty_name:curves[idx].name,
idx == 0? _(" *default*"):"");
}
gcry_sexp_release (keyparms);
for (;;)
{
answer = cpr_get ("keygen.curve", _("Your selection? "));
cpr_kill_prompt ();
idx = *answer? atoi (answer) : 1;
if (!*answer && current)
{
xfree(answer);
return NULL;
}
else if (*answer && !idx)
{
/* See whether the user entered the name of the curve. */
for (idx=0; idx < DIM(curves); idx++)
{
if (!opt.expert && curves[idx].expert_only)
continue;
if (!stricmp (curves[idx].name, answer)
|| (curves[idx].pretty_name
&& !stricmp (curves[idx].pretty_name, answer)))
break;
}
if (idx == DIM(curves))
idx = -1;
}
else
idx--;
xfree(answer);
answer = NULL;
if (idx < 0 || idx >= DIM (curves) || !curves[idx].available)
tty_printf (_("Invalid selection.\n"));
else
{
/* If the user selected a signing algorithm and Curve25519
we need to set the algo to EdDSA and update the curve name.
If switching away from EdDSA, we need to set the algo back
to ECDSA. */
if (*algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA || *algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
{
if (curves[idx].eddsa_curve)
{
if (subkey_algo && *subkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA)
*subkey_algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
*algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
result = curves[idx].eddsa_curve;
}
else
{
if (subkey_algo && *subkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
*subkey_algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
*algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
result = curves[idx].name;
}
}
else
result = curves[idx].name;
break;
}
}
if (!result)
result = curves[0].name;
return result;
}
/****************
* Parse an expire string and return its value in seconds.
* Returns (u32)-1 on error.
* This isn't perfect since scan_isodatestr returns unix time, and
* OpenPGP actually allows a 32-bit time *plus* a 32-bit offset.
* Because of this, we only permit setting expirations up to 2106, but
* OpenPGP could theoretically allow up to 2242. I think we'll all
* just cope for the next few years until we get a 64-bit time_t or
* similar.
*/
static u32
parse_expire_string_with_ct (const char *string, u32 creation_time)
{
int mult;
u32 seconds;
u32 abs_date = 0;
time_t tt;
uint64_t tmp64;
u32 curtime;
if (creation_time == (u32)-1)
curtime = make_timestamp ();
else
curtime = creation_time;
if (!string || !*string || !strcmp (string, "none")
|| !strcmp (string, "never") || !strcmp (string, "-"))
seconds = 0;
else if (!strncmp (string, "seconds=", 8))
seconds = scan_secondsstr (string+8);
else if ((abs_date = scan_isodatestr(string))
&& (abs_date+86400/2) > curtime)
seconds = (abs_date+86400/2) - curtime;
else if ((tt = isotime2epoch_u64 (string)) != (uint64_t)(-1))
{
tmp64 = tt - curtime;
if (tmp64 >= (u32)(-1))
seconds = (u32)(-1) - 1; /* cap value. */
else
seconds = (u32)tmp64;
}
else if ((mult = check_valid_days (string)))
{
tmp64 = scan_secondsstr (string) * 86400L * mult;
if (tmp64 >= (u32)(-1))
seconds = (u32)(-1) - 1; /* cap value. */
else
seconds = (u32)tmp64;
}
else
seconds = (u32)(-1);
return seconds;
}
u32
parse_expire_string ( const char *string )
{
return parse_expire_string_with_ct (string, (u32)-1);
}
/* Parse a Creation-Date string which is either "1986-04-26" or
"19860426T042640". Returns 0 on error. */
static u32
parse_creation_string (const char *string)
{
u32 seconds;
if (!*string)
seconds = 0;
else if ( !strncmp (string, "seconds=", 8) )
seconds = scan_secondsstr (string+8);
else if ( !(seconds = scan_isodatestr (string)))
{
uint64_t tmp = isotime2epoch_u64 (string);
if (tmp == (uint64_t)(-1))
seconds = 0;
else if (tmp > (u32)(-1))
seconds = 0;
else
seconds = tmp;
}
return seconds;
}
/* object == 0 for a key, and 1 for a sig */
u32
ask_expire_interval(int object,const char *def_expire)
{
u32 interval;
char *answer;
switch(object)
{
case 0:
if(def_expire)
BUG();
tty_printf(_("Please specify how long the key should be valid.\n"
" 0 = key does not expire\n"
" <n> = key expires in n days\n"
" <n>w = key expires in n weeks\n"
" <n>m = key expires in n months\n"
" <n>y = key expires in n years\n"));
break;
case 1:
if(!def_expire)
BUG();
tty_printf(_("Please specify how long the signature should be valid.\n"
" 0 = signature does not expire\n"
" <n> = signature expires in n days\n"
" <n>w = signature expires in n weeks\n"
" <n>m = signature expires in n months\n"
" <n>y = signature expires in n years\n"));
break;
default:
BUG();
}
/* Note: The elgamal subkey for DSA has no expiration date because
* it must be signed with the DSA key and this one has the expiration
* date */
answer = NULL;
for(;;)
{
u32 curtime;
xfree(answer);
if(object==0)
answer = cpr_get("keygen.valid",_("Key is valid for? (0) "));
else
{
char *prompt;
prompt = xasprintf (_("Signature is valid for? (%s) "), def_expire);
answer = cpr_get("siggen.valid",prompt);
xfree(prompt);
if(*answer=='\0')
{
xfree (answer);
answer = xstrdup (def_expire);
}
}
cpr_kill_prompt();
trim_spaces(answer);
curtime = make_timestamp ();
interval = parse_expire_string( answer );
if( interval == (u32)-1 )
{
tty_printf(_("invalid value\n"));
continue;
}
if( !interval )
{
tty_printf((object==0)
? _("Key does not expire at all\n")
: _("Signature does not expire at all\n"));
}
else
{
tty_printf(object==0
? _("Key expires at %s\n")
: _("Signature expires at %s\n"),
asctimestamp((ulong)(curtime + interval) ) );
#if SIZEOF_TIME_T <= 4 && !defined (HAVE_UNSIGNED_TIME_T)
if ( (time_t)((ulong)(curtime+interval)) < 0 )
tty_printf (_("Your system can't display dates beyond 2038.\n"
"However, it will be correctly handled up to"
" 2106.\n"));
else
#endif /*SIZEOF_TIME_T*/
if ( (time_t)((unsigned long)(curtime+interval)) < curtime )
{
tty_printf (_("invalid value\n"));
continue;
}
}
if( cpr_enabled() || cpr_get_answer_is_yes("keygen.valid.okay",
_("Is this correct? (y/N) ")) )
break;
}
xfree(answer);
return interval;
}
u32
ask_expiredate (void)
{
u32 x = ask_expire_interval(0,NULL);
return x? make_timestamp() + x : 0;
}
static PKT_user_id *
uid_from_string (const char *string)
{
size_t n;
PKT_user_id *uid;
n = strlen (string);
uid = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *uid + n);
uid->len = n;
strcpy (uid->name, string);
uid->ref = 1;
return uid;
}
/* Return true if the user id UID already exists in the keyblock. */
static int
uid_already_in_keyblock (kbnode_t keyblock, const char *uid)
{
PKT_user_id *uidpkt = uid_from_string (uid);
kbnode_t node;
int result = 0;
for (node=keyblock; node && !result; node=node->next)
if (!is_deleted_kbnode (node)
&& node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID
&& !cmp_user_ids (uidpkt, node->pkt->pkt.user_id))
result = 1;
free_user_id (uidpkt);
return result;
}
/* Ask for a user ID. With a MODE of 1 an extra help prompt is
printed for use during a new key creation. If KEYBLOCK is not NULL
the function prevents the creation of an already existing user
ID. IF FULL is not set some prompts are not shown. */
static char *
ask_user_id (int mode, int full, KBNODE keyblock)
{
char *answer;
char *aname, *acomment, *amail, *uid;
if ( !mode )
{
/* TRANSLATORS: This is the new string telling the user what
gpg is now going to do (i.e. ask for the parts of the user
ID). Note that if you do not translate this string, a
different string will be used, which might still have
a correct translation. */
const char *s1 =
N_("\n"
"GnuPG needs to construct a user ID to identify your key.\n"
"\n");
const char *s2 = _(s1);
if (!strcmp (s1, s2))
{
/* There is no translation for the string thus we to use
the old info text. gettext has no way to tell whether
a translation is actually available, thus we need to
to compare again. */
/* TRANSLATORS: This string is in general not anymore used
but you should keep your existing translation. In case
the new string is not translated this old string will
be used. */
const char *s3 = N_("\n"
"You need a user ID to identify your key; "
"the software constructs the user ID\n"
"from the Real Name, Comment and Email Address in this form:\n"
" \"Heinrich Heine (Der Dichter) <heinrichh@duesseldorf.de>\"\n\n");
const char *s4 = _(s3);
if (strcmp (s3, s4))
s2 = s3; /* A translation exists - use it. */
}
tty_printf ("%s", s2) ;
}
uid = aname = acomment = amail = NULL;
for(;;) {
char *p;
int fail=0;
if( !aname ) {
for(;;) {
xfree(aname);
aname = cpr_get("keygen.name",_("Real name: "));
trim_spaces(aname);
cpr_kill_prompt();
if( opt.allow_freeform_uid )
break;
if( strpbrk( aname, "<>" ) )
{
tty_printf(_("Invalid character in name\n"));
tty_printf(_("The characters '%s' and '%s' may not "
"appear in name\n"), "<", ">");
}
else
break;
}
}
if( !amail ) {
for(;;) {
xfree(amail);
amail = cpr_get("keygen.email",_("Email address: "));
trim_spaces(amail);
cpr_kill_prompt();
if( !*amail || opt.allow_freeform_uid )
break; /* no email address is okay */
else if ( !is_valid_mailbox (amail) )
tty_printf(_("Not a valid email address\n"));
else
break;
}
}
if (!acomment) {
if (full) {
for(;;) {
xfree(acomment);
acomment = cpr_get("keygen.comment",_("Comment: "));
trim_spaces(acomment);
cpr_kill_prompt();
if( !*acomment )
break; /* no comment is okay */
else if( strpbrk( acomment, "()" ) )
tty_printf(_("Invalid character in comment\n"));
else
break;
}
}
else {
xfree (acomment);
acomment = xstrdup ("");
}
}
xfree(uid);
uid = p = xmalloc(strlen(aname)+strlen(amail)+strlen(acomment)+12+10);
if (!*aname && *amail && !*acomment && !random_is_faked ())
{ /* Empty name and comment but with mail address. Use
simplified form with only the non-angle-bracketed mail
address. */
p = stpcpy (p, amail);
}
else
{
p = stpcpy (p, aname );
if (*acomment)
p = stpcpy(stpcpy(stpcpy(p," ("), acomment),")");
if (*amail)
p = stpcpy(stpcpy(stpcpy(p," <"), amail),">");
}
/* Append a warning if the RNG is switched into fake mode. */
if ( random_is_faked () )
strcpy(p, " (insecure!)" );
/* print a note in case that UTF8 mapping has to be done */
for(p=uid; *p; p++ ) {
if( *p & 0x80 ) {
tty_printf(_("You are using the '%s' character set.\n"),
get_native_charset() );
break;
}
}
tty_printf(_("You selected this USER-ID:\n \"%s\"\n\n"), uid);
if( !*amail && !opt.allow_freeform_uid
&& (strchr( aname, '@' ) || strchr( acomment, '@'))) {
fail = 1;
tty_printf(_("Please don't put the email address "
"into the real name or the comment\n") );
}
if (!fail && keyblock)
{
if (uid_already_in_keyblock (keyblock, uid))
{
tty_printf (_("Such a user ID already exists on this key!\n"));
fail = 1;
}
}
for(;;) {
/* TRANSLATORS: These are the allowed answers in
lower and uppercase. Below you will find the matching
string which should be translated accordingly and the
letter changed to match the one in the answer string.
n = Change name
c = Change comment
e = Change email
o = Okay (ready, continue)
q = Quit
*/
const char *ansstr = _("NnCcEeOoQq");
if( strlen(ansstr) != 10 )
BUG();
if( cpr_enabled() ) {
answer = xstrdup (ansstr + (fail?8:6));
answer[1] = 0;
}
else if (full) {
answer = cpr_get("keygen.userid.cmd", fail?
_("Change (N)ame, (C)omment, (E)mail or (Q)uit? ") :
_("Change (N)ame, (C)omment, (E)mail or (O)kay/(Q)uit? "));
cpr_kill_prompt();
}
else {
answer = cpr_get("keygen.userid.cmd", fail?
_("Change (N)ame, (E)mail, or (Q)uit? ") :
_("Change (N)ame, (E)mail, or (O)kay/(Q)uit? "));
cpr_kill_prompt();
}
if( strlen(answer) > 1 )
;
else if( *answer == ansstr[0] || *answer == ansstr[1] ) {
xfree(aname); aname = NULL;
break;
}
else if( *answer == ansstr[2] || *answer == ansstr[3] ) {
xfree(acomment); acomment = NULL;
break;
}
else if( *answer == ansstr[4] || *answer == ansstr[5] ) {
xfree(amail); amail = NULL;
break;
}
else if( *answer == ansstr[6] || *answer == ansstr[7] ) {
if( fail ) {
tty_printf(_("Please correct the error first\n"));
}
else {
xfree(aname); aname = NULL;
xfree(acomment); acomment = NULL;
xfree(amail); amail = NULL;
break;
}
}
else if( *answer == ansstr[8] || *answer == ansstr[9] ) {
xfree(aname); aname = NULL;
xfree(acomment); acomment = NULL;
xfree(amail); amail = NULL;
xfree(uid); uid = NULL;
break;
}
xfree(answer);
}
xfree(answer);
if (!amail && !acomment)
break;
xfree(uid); uid = NULL;
}
if( uid ) {
char *p = native_to_utf8( uid );
xfree( uid );
uid = p;
}
return uid;
}
/* Basic key generation. Here we divert to the actual generation
* routines based on the requested algorithm. KEYGEN_FLAGS might be
* updated by this function. */
static int
do_create (int algo, unsigned int nbits, const char *curve, kbnode_t pub_root,
u32 timestamp, u32 expiredate, int is_subkey,
int *keygen_flags, const char *passphrase,
char **cache_nonce_addr, char **passwd_nonce_addr,
gpg_error_t (*common_gen_cb)(common_gen_cb_parm_t),
common_gen_cb_parm_t common_gen_cb_parm)
{
gpg_error_t err;
/* Fixme: The entropy collecting message should be moved to a
libgcrypt progress handler. */
if (!opt.batch)
tty_printf (_(
"We need to generate a lot of random bytes. It is a good idea to perform\n"
"some other action (type on the keyboard, move the mouse, utilize the\n"
"disks) during the prime generation; this gives the random number\n"
"generator a better chance to gain enough entropy.\n") );
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E)
err = gen_elg (algo, nbits, pub_root, timestamp, expiredate, is_subkey,
*keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA)
err = gen_dsa (nbits, pub_root, timestamp, expiredate, is_subkey,
*keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
err = gen_ecc (algo, curve, pub_root, timestamp, expiredate, is_subkey,
keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER)
err = gen_kyber (algo, nbits, curve,
pub_root, timestamp, expiredate, is_subkey,
keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA)
err = gen_rsa (algo, nbits, pub_root, timestamp, expiredate, is_subkey,
*keygen_flags, passphrase,
cache_nonce_addr, passwd_nonce_addr,
common_gen_cb, common_gen_cb_parm);
else
BUG();
return err;
}
/* Generate a new user id packet or return NULL if canceled. If
KEYBLOCK is not NULL the function prevents the creation of an
already existing user ID. If UIDSTR is not NULL the user is not
asked but UIDSTR is used to create the user id packet; if the user
id already exists NULL is returned. UIDSTR is expected to be utf-8
encoded and should have already been checked for a valid length
etc. */
PKT_user_id *
generate_user_id (KBNODE keyblock, const char *uidstr)
{
PKT_user_id *uid;
char *p;
if (uidstr)
{
if (uid_already_in_keyblock (keyblock, uidstr))
return NULL; /* Already exists. */
uid = uid_from_string (uidstr);
}
else
{
p = ask_user_id (1, 1, keyblock);
if (!p)
return NULL; /* Canceled. */
uid = uid_from_string (p);
xfree (p);
}
return uid;
}
/* Helper for parse_key_parameter_part_parameter_string for one part of the
* specification string; i.e. ALGO/FLAGS. If STRING is NULL or empty
* success is returned. On error an error code is returned. Note
* that STRING may be modified by this function. NULL may be passed
* for any parameter. FOR_SUBKEY shall be true if this is used as a
* subkey. If CLEAR_CERT is set a default CERT usage will be cleared;
* this is useful if for example the default algorithm is used for a
* subkey. If R_KEYVERSION is not NULL it will receive the version of
* the key; this is currently 4 but can be changed with the flag "v5"
* to create a v5 key. If R_KEYTIME is not NULL and the key has been
* taken from active OpenPGP card, its creation time is stored
* there. */
static gpg_error_t
parse_key_parameter_part (ctrl_t ctrl,
char *string, int for_subkey, int clear_cert,
int *r_algo, unsigned int *r_size,
unsigned int *r_keyuse,
char const **r_curve, int *r_keyversion,
char **r_keygrip, u32 *r_keytime)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *flags;
int algo;
char *endp;
const char *curve = NULL;
int ecdh_or_ecdsa = 0;
unsigned int size;
int keyuse;
int keyversion = 0; /* Not specified. */
int i;
const char *s;
int from_card = 0;
char *keygrip = NULL;
u32 keytime = 0;
int is_448 = 0;
int is_pqc = 0;
if (!string || !*string)
return 0; /* Success. */
flags = strchr (string, '/');
if (flags)
*flags++ = 0;
algo = 0;
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "card"))
from_card = 1;
else if (strlen (string) >= 3 && (digitp (string+3) || !string[3]))
{
if (!ascii_memcasecmp (string, "rsa", 3))
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA;
else if (!ascii_memcasecmp (string, "dsa", 3))
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA;
else if (!ascii_memcasecmp (string, "elg", 3))
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E;
}
if (from_card)
; /* We need the flags before we can figure out the key to use. */
else if (algo)
{
/* This is one of the algos parsed above (rsa, dsa, or elg). */
if (!string[3])
size = get_keysize_range (algo, NULL, NULL);
else
{
size = strtoul (string+3, &endp, 10);
if (size < 512 || size > 16384 || *endp)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE);
}
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "kyber")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (string, "kyber768"))
{
/* Get the curve and check that it can technically be used
* (i.e. everything except the EdXXXX curves. */
curve = openpgp_is_curve_supported ("brainpoolP256r1", &algo, NULL);
if (!curve || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE);
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER;
size = 768;
is_pqc = 1;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "kyber1024"))
{
/* Get the curve and check that it can technically be used
* (i.e. everything except the EdXXXX curves. */
curve = openpgp_is_curve_supported ("brainpoolP384r1", &algo, NULL);
if (!curve || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE);
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER;
size = 1024;
is_pqc = 1;
}
else if (!ascii_strncasecmp (string, "ky768_", 6)
|| !ascii_strncasecmp (string, "ky1024_", 7)
|| !ascii_strncasecmp (string, "kyber768_", 9)
|| !ascii_strncasecmp (string, "kyber1024_", 10)
)
{
/* Get the curve and check that it can technically be used
* (i.e. everything except the EdXXXX curves. */
s = strchr (string, '_');
log_assert (s);
s++;
curve = openpgp_is_curve_supported (s, &algo, NULL);
if (!curve || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE);
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_KYBER;
size = strstr (string, "768_")? 768 : 1024;
is_pqc = 1;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "dil3"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_DIL3_25519;
is_pqc = 1;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "dil5"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_DIL5_448;
is_pqc = 1;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "sphinx")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (string, "sphinx_sha2"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_SPHINX_SHA2;
is_pqc = 1;
}
else if ((curve = openpgp_is_curve_supported (string, &algo, &size)))
{
if (!algo)
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH; /* Default ECC algorithm. */
ecdh_or_ecdsa = 1; /* We may need to switch the algo. */
}
if (curve && (!strcmp (curve, "X448") || !strcmp (curve, "Ed448")))
is_448 = 1;
}
else
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_CURVE);
/* Parse the flags. */
keyuse = 0;
if (flags)
{
char **tokens = NULL;
tokens = strtokenize (flags, ",");
if (!tokens)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
for (i=0; (s = tokens[i]); i++)
{
if (!*s)
;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "sign"))
keyuse |= PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "encrypt")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (s, "encr"))
keyuse |= PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "auth"))
keyuse |= PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "cert"))
keyuse |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "ecdsa") && !from_card)
{
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA)
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
else
{
xfree (tokens);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_FLAG);
}
ecdh_or_ecdsa = 0;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "ecdh") && !from_card)
{
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA)
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else
{
xfree (tokens);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_FLAG);
}
ecdh_or_ecdsa = 0;
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "eddsa") && !from_card)
{
/* Not required but we allow it for consistency. */
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA)
;
else
{
xfree (tokens);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_FLAG);
}
}
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "v5"))
keyversion = 5;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "v4"))
keyversion = 4;
else
{
xfree (tokens);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNKNOWN_FLAG);
}
}
xfree (tokens);
}
/* If not yet decided switch between ecdh and ecdsa unless we want
* to read the algo from the current card. */
if (from_card)
{
keypair_info_t keypairlist, kpi;
char *reqkeyref;
if (!keyuse)
keyuse = (for_subkey? PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC
/* */ : (PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT|PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG));
/* Access the card to make sure we have one and to show the S/N. */
{
char *serialno;
err = agent_scd_serialno (&serialno, NULL);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("error reading the card: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
if (!opt.quiet)
log_info (_("Serial number of the card: %s\n"), serialno);
xfree (serialno);
}
err = agent_scd_keypairinfo (ctrl, NULL, &keypairlist);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("error reading the card: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
agent_scd_getattr_one ((keyuse & (PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT))
? "$SIGNKEYID":"$ENCRKEYID", &reqkeyref);
algo = 0; /* Should already be the case. */
for (kpi=keypairlist; kpi && !algo; kpi = kpi->next)
{
gcry_sexp_t s_pkey;
char *algostr = NULL;
enum gcry_pk_algos algoid = 0;
const char *keyref = kpi->idstr;
if (!reqkeyref)
continue; /* Card does not provide the info (skip all). */
if (!keyref)
continue; /* Ooops. */
if (strcmp (reqkeyref, keyref))
continue; /* This is not the requested keyref. */
if ((keyuse & (PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT))
&& (kpi->usage & (GCRY_PK_USAGE_SIGN|GCRY_PK_USAGE_CERT)))
; /* Okay */
else if ((keyuse & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
&& (kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_ENCR))
; /* Okay */
else
continue; /* Not usable for us. */
if (agent_scd_readkey (ctrl, keyref, &s_pkey, NULL))
continue; /* Could not read the key. */
algostr = pubkey_algo_string (s_pkey, &algoid);
gcry_sexp_release (s_pkey);
/* Map to OpenPGP algo number.
* We need to tweak the algo in case GCRY_PK_ECC is
* returned because pubkey_algo_string is not aware
* of the OpenPGP algo mapping. We need to
* distinguish between ECDH and ECDSA but we can do
* that only if we got usage flags.
* Note: Keep this in sync with ask_algo. */
if (algoid == GCRY_PK_ECC && algostr)
{
if (!strcmp (algostr, "ed25519"))
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
else if (!strcmp (algostr, "ed448"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
is_448 = 1;
}
else if (!strcmp (algostr, "cv25519"))
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else if (!strcmp (algostr, "cv448"))
{
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
is_448 = 1;
}
else if ((kpi->usage & GCRY_PK_USAGE_ENCR))
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else
algo = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
}
else
algo = map_gcry_pk_to_openpgp (algoid);
xfree (algostr);
xfree (keygrip);
keygrip = xtrystrdup (kpi->keygrip);
if (!keygrip)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
xfree (reqkeyref);
free_keypair_info (keypairlist);
return err;
}
keytime = kpi->keytime;
}
xfree (reqkeyref);
free_keypair_info (keypairlist);
if (!algo || !keygrip)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO);
log_error ("no usable key on the card: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
xfree (keygrip);
return err;
}
}
else if (ecdh_or_ecdsa && keyuse)
algo = (keyuse & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)? PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH : PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
else if (ecdh_or_ecdsa)
algo = for_subkey? PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH : PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
/* Set or fix key usage. */
if (!keyuse)
{
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA)
keyuse = PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA)
keyuse = for_subkey? PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC : PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else
keyuse = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA)
{
keyuse &= ~PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; /* Forbid encryption. */
}
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E)
{
keyuse = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; /* Allow only encryption. */
}
/* Make sure a primary key can certify. */
if (!for_subkey)
keyuse |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
/* But if requested remove th cert usage. */
if (clear_cert)
keyuse &= ~PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
/* Check that usage is actually possible. */
if (/**/((keyuse & (PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG|PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT))
&& !pubkey_get_nsig (algo))
|| ((keyuse & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
&& !pubkey_get_nenc (algo))
|| (for_subkey && (keyuse & PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)))
{
xfree (keygrip);
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_WRONG_KEY_USAGE);
}
/* Ed448, X448 and the PQC algos must only be used as v5 keys. */
if (is_448 || is_pqc)
{
if (keyversion == 4)
log_info (_("WARNING: v4 is specified, but overridden by v5.\n"));
keyversion = 5;
}
else if (keyversion == 0)
keyversion = 4;
/* Return values. */
if (r_algo)
*r_algo = algo;
if (r_size)
{
unsigned int min, def, max;
/* Make sure the keysize is in the allowed range. */
def = get_keysize_range (algo, &min, &max);
if (!size)
size = def;
else if (size < min)
size = min;
else if (size > max)
size = max;
*r_size = fixup_keysize (size, algo, 1);
}
if (r_keyuse)
*r_keyuse = keyuse;
if (r_curve)
*r_curve = curve;
if (r_keyversion)
*r_keyversion = keyversion;
if (r_keygrip)
*r_keygrip = keygrip;
else
xfree (keygrip);
if (r_keytime)
*r_keytime = keytime;
return 0;
}
/* Parse and return the standard key generation parameter.
* The string is expected to be in this format:
*
* ALGO[/FLAGS][+SUBALGO[/FLAGS]]
*
* Here ALGO is a string in the same format as printed by the
* keylisting. For example:
*
* rsa3072 := RSA with 3072 bit.
* dsa2048 := DSA with 2048 bit.
* elg2048 := Elgamal with 2048 bit.
* ed25519 := EDDSA using curve Ed25519.
* ed448 := EDDSA using curve Ed448.
* cv25519 := ECDH using curve Curve25519.
* cv448 := ECDH using curve X448.
* nistp256:= ECDSA or ECDH using curve NIST P-256
* kyber := Kyber with the default parameters
* ky768_bp384 := Kyber-768 with BrainpoolP256r1 as second algo
*
* All strings with an unknown prefix are considered an elliptic
* curve. Curves which have no implicit algorithm require that FLAGS
* is given to select whether ECDSA or ECDH is used; this can either
* be done using an algorithm keyword or usage keywords.
*
* FLAGS is a comma delimited string of keywords:
*
* cert := Allow usage Certify
* sign := Allow usage Sign
* encr := Allow usage Encrypt
* auth := Allow usage Authentication
* encrypt := Alias for "encr"
* ecdsa := Use algorithm ECDSA.
* eddsa := Use algorithm EdDSA.
* ecdh := Use algorithm ECDH.
* v5 := Create version 5 key
*
* There are several defaults and fallbacks depending on the
* algorithm. PART can be used to select which part of STRING is
* used:
* -1 := Both parts
* 0 := Only the part of the primary key
* 1 := If there is one part parse that one, if there are
* two parts parse the part which best matches the
* SUGGESTED_USE or in case that can't be evaluated the second part.
* Always return using the args for the primary key (R_ALGO,....).
*
*/
gpg_error_t
parse_key_parameter_string (ctrl_t ctrl,
const char *string, int part,
unsigned int suggested_use,
int *r_algo, unsigned int *r_size,
unsigned int *r_keyuse,
char const **r_curve,
int *r_version,
char **r_keygrip,
u32 *r_keytime,
int *r_subalgo, unsigned int *r_subsize,
unsigned int *r_subkeyuse,
char const **r_subcurve,
int *r_subversion,
char **r_subkeygrip,
u32 *r_subkeytime)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
char *primary, *secondary;
if (r_algo)
*r_algo = 0;
if (r_size)
*r_size = 0;
if (r_keyuse)
*r_keyuse = 0;
if (r_curve)
*r_curve = NULL;
if (r_version)
*r_version = 4;
if (r_keygrip)
*r_keygrip = NULL;
if (r_keytime)
*r_keytime = 0;
if (r_subalgo)
*r_subalgo = 0;
if (r_subsize)
*r_subsize = 0;
if (r_subkeyuse)
*r_subkeyuse = 0;
if (r_subcurve)
*r_subcurve = NULL;
if (r_subversion)
*r_subversion = 4;
if (r_subkeygrip)
*r_subkeygrip = NULL;
if (r_subkeytime)
*r_subkeytime = 0;
if (!string || !*string
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (string, "default") || !strcmp (string, "-"))
string = get_default_pubkey_algo ();
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "future-default")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (string, "futuredefault"))
string = FUTURE_STD_KEY_PARAM;
+ else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "pqc"))
+ string = PQC_STD_KEY_PARAM;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "card"))
string = "card/cert,sign+card/encr";
primary = xstrdup (string);
secondary = strchr (primary, '+');
if (secondary)
*secondary++ = 0;
if (part == -1 || part == 0)
{
err = parse_key_parameter_part (ctrl, primary,
0, 0, r_algo, r_size,
r_keyuse, r_curve, r_version,
r_keygrip, r_keytime);
if (!err && part == -1)
err = parse_key_parameter_part (ctrl, secondary,
1, 0, r_subalgo, r_subsize,
r_subkeyuse, r_subcurve, r_subversion,
r_subkeygrip, r_subkeytime);
}
else if (part == 1)
{
/* If we have SECONDARY, use that part. If there is only one
* part consider this to be the subkey algo. In case a
* SUGGESTED_USE has been given and the usage of the secondary
* part does not match SUGGESTED_USE try again using the primary
* part. Note that when falling back to the primary key we need
* to force clearing the cert usage. */
if (secondary)
{
err = parse_key_parameter_part (ctrl, secondary,
1, 0,
r_algo, r_size, r_keyuse, r_curve,
r_version, r_keygrip, r_keytime);
if (!err && suggested_use && r_keyuse && !(suggested_use & *r_keyuse))
err = parse_key_parameter_part (ctrl, primary,
1, 1 /*(clear cert)*/,
r_algo, r_size, r_keyuse, r_curve,
r_version, r_keygrip, r_keytime);
}
else
err = parse_key_parameter_part (ctrl, primary,
1, 0,
r_algo, r_size, r_keyuse, r_curve,
r_version, r_keygrip, r_keytime);
}
xfree (primary);
return err;
}
/* Append R to the linked list PARA. */
static void
append_to_parameter (struct para_data_s *para, struct para_data_s *r)
{
log_assert (para);
while (para->next)
para = para->next;
para->next = r;
}
/* Release the parameter list R. */
static void
release_parameter_list (struct para_data_s *r)
{
struct para_data_s *r2;
for (; r ; r = r2)
{
r2 = r->next;
if (r->key == pPASSPHRASE && *r->u.value)
wipememory (r->u.value, strlen (r->u.value));
else if (r->key == pADSK)
free_public_key (r->u.adsk);
xfree (r);
}
}
/* Return the N-th parameter of name KEY from PARA. An IDX of 0
* returns the first and so on. */
static struct para_data_s *
get_parameter_idx (struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key,
unsigned int idx)
{
struct para_data_s *r;
for(r = para; r; r = r->next)
if (r->key == key)
{
if (!idx)
return r;
idx--;
}
return NULL;
}
/* Return the first parameter of name KEY from PARA. */
static struct para_data_s *
get_parameter (struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key)
{
return get_parameter_idx (para, key, 0);
}
static const char *
get_parameter_value( struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key )
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter( para, key );
return (r && *r->u.value)? r->u.value : NULL;
}
/* This is similar to get_parameter_value but also returns the empty
string. This is required so that quick_generate_keypair can use an
empty Passphrase to specify no-protection. */
static const char *
get_parameter_passphrase (struct para_data_s *para)
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter (para, pPASSPHRASE);
return r ? r->u.value : NULL;
}
static int
get_parameter_algo (ctrl_t ctrl, struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key,
int *r_default)
{
int i;
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter( para, key );
if (r_default)
*r_default = 0;
if (!r)
return -1;
/* Note that we need to handle the ECC algorithms specified as
strings directly because Libgcrypt folds them all to ECC. */
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (r->u.value, "default"))
{
/* Note: If you change this default algo, remember to change it
* also in gpg.c:gpgconf_list. */
/* FIXME: We only allow the algo here and have a separate thing
* for the curve etc. That is a ugly but demanded for backward
* compatibility with the batch key generation. It would be
* better to make full use of parse_key_parameter_string. */
parse_key_parameter_string (ctrl, NULL, 0, 0,
&i, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (r_default)
*r_default = 1;
}
else if (digitp (r->u.value))
i = atoi( r->u.value );
else if (!strcmp (r->u.value, "ELG-E")
|| !strcmp (r->u.value, "ELG"))
i = PUBKEY_ALGO_ELGAMAL_E;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (r->u.value, "EdDSA"))
i = PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (r->u.value, "ECDSA"))
i = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (r->u.value, "ECDH"))
i = PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH;
else
i = map_gcry_pk_to_openpgp (gcry_pk_map_name (r->u.value));
if (i == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA_E || i == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA_S)
i = 0; /* we don't want to allow generation of these algorithms */
return i;
}
/* Parse a usage string. The usage keywords "auth", "sign", "encr"
* may be delimited by space, tab, or comma. On error -1 is returned
* instead of the usage flags. */
static int
parse_usagestr (const char *usagestr)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char **tokens = NULL;
const char *s;
int i;
unsigned int use = 0;
tokens = strtokenize (usagestr, " \t,");
if (!tokens)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
log_error ("strtokenize failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
return -1;
}
for (i=0; (s = tokens[i]); i++)
{
if (!*s)
;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "sign"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "encrypt")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (s, "encr"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "auth"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "cert"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "renc"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "time"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_TIME;
else if (!ascii_strcasecmp (s, "group"))
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_GROUP;
else
{
xfree (tokens);
return -1; /* error */
}
}
xfree (tokens);
return use;
}
/*
* Parse the usage parameter and set the keyflags. Returns -1 on
* error, 0 for no usage given or 1 for usage available.
*/
static int
parse_parameter_usage (const char *fname,
struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key)
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter( para, key );
int i;
if (!r)
return 0; /* none (this is an optional parameter)*/
i = parse_usagestr (r->u.value);
if (i == -1)
{
log_error ("%s:%d: invalid usage list\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1; /* error */
}
r->u.usage = i;
return 1;
}
/* Parse the revocation key specified by NAME, check that the public
* key exists (so that we can get the required public key algorithm),
* and return a parameter with the revocation key information. On
* error print a diagnostic and return NULL. */
static struct para_data_s *
prepare_desig_revoker (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name)
{
gpg_error_t err;
struct para_data_s *para = NULL;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
int sensitive = 0;
struct revocation_key revkey;
PKT_public_key *revoker_pk = NULL;
size_t fprlen;
if (!ascii_strncasecmp (name, "sensitive:", 10) && !spacep (name+10))
{
name += 10;
sensitive = 1;
}
if (classify_user_id (name, &desc, 1)
|| desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR)
{
log_info (_("\"%s\" is not a fingerprint\n"), name);
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_NAME);
goto leave;
}
revoker_pk = xcalloc (1, sizeof *revoker_pk);
revoker_pk->req_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
err = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_TRY_LDAP,
NULL, revoker_pk, name, NULL, NULL, 1);
if (err)
goto leave;
fingerprint_from_pk (revoker_pk, revkey.fpr, &fprlen);
if (fprlen != 20 && fprlen != 32)
{
log_info (_("cannot appoint a PGP 2.x style key as a "
"designated revoker\n"));
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY);
goto leave;
}
revkey.fprlen = fprlen;
revkey.class = 0x80;
if (sensitive)
revkey.class |= 0x40;
revkey.algid = revoker_pk->pubkey_algo;
para = xcalloc (1, sizeof *para);
para->key = pREVOKER;
memcpy (&para->u.revkey, &revkey, sizeof revkey);
leave:
if (err)
log_error ("invalid revocation key '%s': %s\n", name, gpg_strerror (err));
free_public_key (revoker_pk);
return para;
}
/* Parse an ADSK specified by NAME, check that the public key exists
* and return a parameter with the adsk information. On error print a
* diagnostic and return NULL. */
static struct para_data_s *
prepare_adsk (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name)
{
gpg_error_t err;
char *namebuffer = NULL;
struct para_data_s *para = NULL;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
PKT_public_key *adsk_pk = NULL;
char *p;
if (classify_user_id (name, &desc, 1)
|| desc.mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR)
{
log_info (_("\"%s\" is not a fingerprint\n"), name);
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_NAME);
goto leave;
}
/* Force searching for that exact fingerprint. */
if (!strchr (name, '!'))
{
namebuffer = xstrconcat (name, "!", NULL);
name = namebuffer;
}
adsk_pk = xcalloc (1, sizeof *adsk_pk);
adsk_pk->req_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
err = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_TRY_LDAP,
NULL, adsk_pk, name, NULL, NULL, 1);
if (err)
goto leave;
para = xcalloc (1, sizeof *para);
para->key = pADSK;
para->u.adsk = adsk_pk;
adsk_pk = NULL;
leave:
if (err)
{
if (namebuffer && (p=strchr (namebuffer, '!')))
*p = 0; /* Strip the ! for the diagnostic. */
log_error ("invalid ADSK '%s' specified: %s\n", name, gpg_strerror (err));
}
free_public_key (adsk_pk);
xfree (namebuffer);
return para;
}
/* Parse a pREVOKER parameter into its dedicated parts. */
static int
parse_revocation_key (const char *fname,
struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key)
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter( para, key );
struct revocation_key revkey;
char *pn;
int i;
if( !r )
return 0; /* none (this is an optional parameter) */
pn = r->u.value;
revkey.class=0x80;
revkey.algid=atoi(pn);
if(!revkey.algid)
goto fail;
/* Skip to the fpr */
while(*pn && *pn!=':')
pn++;
if(*pn!=':')
goto fail;
pn++;
for(i=0;i<MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN && *pn && !spacep (pn);i++,pn+=2)
{
int c=hextobyte(pn);
if(c==-1)
goto fail;
revkey.fpr[i]=c;
}
if (i != 20 && i != 32)
goto fail;
revkey.fprlen = i;
/* skip to the tag */
while(*pn && *pn!='s' && *pn!='S')
pn++;
if(ascii_strcasecmp(pn,"sensitive")==0)
revkey.class|=0x40;
memcpy(&r->u.revkey,&revkey,sizeof(struct revocation_key));
return 0;
fail:
log_error("%s:%d: invalid revocation key\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1; /* error */
}
static u32
get_parameter_u32( struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key )
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter( para, key );
if( !r )
return 0;
if (r->key == pKEYCREATIONDATE || r->key == pSUBKEYCREATIONDATE
|| r->key == pAUTHKEYCREATIONDATE)
return r->u.creation;
if( r->key == pKEYEXPIRE || r->key == pSUBKEYEXPIRE )
return r->u.expire;
if( r->key == pKEYUSAGE || r->key == pSUBKEYUSAGE )
return r->u.usage;
return (unsigned int)strtoul( r->u.value, NULL, 10 );
}
static unsigned int
get_parameter_uint( struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key )
{
return get_parameter_u32( para, key );
}
static struct revocation_key *
get_parameter_revkey (struct para_data_s *para, unsigned int idx)
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter_idx (para, pREVOKER, idx);
return r? &r->u.revkey : NULL;
}
static PKT_public_key *
get_parameter_adsk (struct para_data_s *para, unsigned int idx)
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter_idx (para, pADSK, idx);
return r? r->u.adsk : NULL;
}
static int
get_parameter_bool (struct para_data_s *para, enum para_name key)
{
struct para_data_s *r = get_parameter (para, key);
return (r && r->u.abool);
}
static int
proc_parameter_file (ctrl_t ctrl, struct para_data_s *para, const char *fname,
struct output_control_s *outctrl, int card )
{
struct para_data_s *r;
const char *s1, *s2, *s3;
size_t n;
char *p;
strlist_t sl;
int is_default = 0;
int have_user_id = 0;
int err, algo;
u32 creation_time = (u32)-1;
/* Check that we have all required parameters. */
r = get_parameter( para, pKEYTYPE );
if(r)
{
algo = get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para, pKEYTYPE, &is_default);
if (openpgp_pk_test_algo2 (algo, PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG))
{
log_error ("%s:%d: invalid algorithm\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1;
}
}
else
{
log_error ("%s: no Key-Type specified\n",fname);
return -1;
}
err = parse_parameter_usage (fname, para, pKEYUSAGE);
if (!err)
{
/* Default to algo capabilities if key-usage is not provided and
no default algorithm has been requested. */
r = xmalloc_clear(sizeof(*r));
r->key = pKEYUSAGE;
r->u.usage = (is_default
? (PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT | PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)
: openpgp_pk_algo_usage(algo));
append_to_parameter (para, r);
}
else if (err == -1)
return -1;
else
{
r = get_parameter (para, pKEYUSAGE);
if (r && (r->u.usage & ~openpgp_pk_algo_usage (algo)))
{
log_error ("%s:%d: specified Key-Usage not allowed for algo %d\n",
fname, r->lnr, algo);
return -1;
}
}
is_default = 0;
r = get_parameter( para, pSUBKEYTYPE );
if(r)
{
algo = get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para, pSUBKEYTYPE, &is_default);
if (openpgp_pk_test_algo (algo))
{
log_error ("%s:%d: invalid algorithm\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1;
}
err = parse_parameter_usage (fname, para, pSUBKEYUSAGE);
if (!err)
{
/* Default to algo capabilities if subkey-usage is not
provided. Take care not to include RENC. */
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof(*r));
r->key = pSUBKEYUSAGE;
r->u.usage = (is_default
? PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC
: (openpgp_pk_algo_usage (algo)
& ~PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC) );
append_to_parameter (para, r);
}
else if (err == -1)
return -1;
else
{
r = get_parameter (para, pSUBKEYUSAGE);
if (r && (r->u.usage & ~openpgp_pk_algo_usage (algo)))
{
log_error ("%s:%d: specified Subkey-Usage not allowed"
" for algo %d\n", fname, r->lnr, algo);
return -1;
}
}
}
if( get_parameter_value( para, pUSERID ) )
have_user_id=1;
else
{
/* create the formatted user ID */
s1 = get_parameter_value( para, pNAMEREAL );
s2 = get_parameter_value( para, pNAMECOMMENT );
s3 = get_parameter_value( para, pNAMEEMAIL );
if( s1 || s2 || s3 )
{
n = (s1?strlen(s1):0) + (s2?strlen(s2):0) + (s3?strlen(s3):0);
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + n + 20 );
r->key = pUSERID;
p = r->u.value;
if( s1 )
p = stpcpy(p, s1 );
if( s2 )
p = stpcpy(stpcpy(stpcpy(p," ("), s2 ),")");
if( s3 )
{
/* If we have only the email part, do not add the space
* and the angle brackets. */
if (*r->u.value)
p = stpcpy(stpcpy(stpcpy(p," <"), s3 ),">");
else
p = stpcpy (p, s3);
}
append_to_parameter (para, r);
have_user_id=1;
}
}
if(!have_user_id)
{
log_error("%s: no User-ID specified\n",fname);
return -1;
}
/* Set preferences, if any. */
keygen_set_std_prefs(get_parameter_value( para, pPREFERENCES ), 0);
/* Set keyserver, if any. */
s1=get_parameter_value( para, pKEYSERVER );
if(s1)
{
struct keyserver_spec *spec;
spec = parse_keyserver_uri (s1, 1);
if(spec)
{
free_keyserver_spec(spec);
opt.def_keyserver_url=s1;
}
else
{
r = get_parameter (para, pKEYSERVER);
log_error("%s:%d: invalid keyserver url\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1;
}
}
/* Set revoker from parameter file, if any. Must be done first so
* that we don't find a parameter set via prepare_desig_revoker. */
if (parse_revocation_key (fname, para, pREVOKER))
return -1;
/* Check and append revokers from the config file. */
for (sl = opt.desig_revokers; sl; sl = sl->next)
{
r = prepare_desig_revoker (ctrl, sl->d);
if (!r)
return -1;
append_to_parameter (para, r);
}
/* Check and append ADSKs from the config file. While doing this
* also check for duplicate specifications. In addition we remove
* an optional '!' suffix for easier comparing; the suffix is anyway
* re-added later. */
keygen_prepare_new_key_adsks ();
for (sl = opt.def_new_key_adsks; sl; sl = sl->next)
{
if (!*sl->d)
continue;
r = prepare_adsk (ctrl, sl->d);
if (!r)
return -1;
append_to_parameter (para, r);
}
/* Make KEYCREATIONDATE from Creation-Date. We ignore this if the
* key has been taken from a card and a keycreationtime has already
* been set. This is so that we don't generate a key with a
* fingerprint different from the one stored on the OpenPGP card. */
r = get_parameter (para, pCREATIONDATE);
if (r && *r->u.value && !(get_parameter_bool (para, pCARDKEY)
&& get_parameter_u32 (para, pKEYCREATIONDATE)))
{
creation_time = parse_creation_string (r->u.value);
if (!creation_time)
{
log_error ("%s:%d: invalid creation date\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1;
}
r->u.creation = creation_time;
r->key = pKEYCREATIONDATE; /* Change that entry. */
}
/* Make KEYEXPIRE from Expire-Date. */
r = get_parameter( para, pEXPIREDATE );
if( r && *r->u.value )
{
u32 seconds;
seconds = parse_expire_string_with_ct (r->u.value, creation_time);
if( seconds == (u32)-1 )
{
log_error("%s:%d: invalid expire date\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1;
}
r->u.expire = seconds;
r->key = pKEYEXPIRE; /* change that entry */
/* Make SUBKEYEXPIRE from Subkey-Expire-Date, if any. */
r = get_parameter( para, pSUBKEYEXPIREDATE );
if( r && *r->u.value )
{
seconds = parse_expire_string_with_ct (r->u.value, creation_time);
if( seconds == (u32)-1 )
{
log_error("%s:%d: invalid subkey expire date\n", fname, r->lnr );
return -1;
}
r->key = pSUBKEYEXPIRE; /* change that entry */
r->u.expire = seconds;
}
else
{
/* Or else, set Expire-Date for the subkey */
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pSUBKEYEXPIRE;
r->u.expire = seconds;
append_to_parameter (para, r);
}
}
do_generate_keypair (ctrl, para, outctrl, card );
return 0;
}
/****************
* Kludge to allow non interactive key generation controlled
* by a parameter file.
* Note, that string parameters are expected to be in UTF-8
*/
static void
read_parameter_file (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *fname )
{
static struct { const char *name;
enum para_name key;
} keywords[] = {
{ "Key-Type", pKEYTYPE},
{ "Key-Length", pKEYLENGTH },
{ "Key-Curve", pKEYCURVE },
{ "Key-Usage", pKEYUSAGE },
{ "Subkey-Type", pSUBKEYTYPE },
{ "Subkey-Length", pSUBKEYLENGTH },
{ "Subkey-Curve", pSUBKEYCURVE },
{ "Subkey-Usage", pSUBKEYUSAGE },
{ "Name-Real", pNAMEREAL },
{ "Name-Email", pNAMEEMAIL },
{ "Name-Comment", pNAMECOMMENT },
{ "Expire-Date", pEXPIREDATE },
{ "Subkey-Expire-Date", pSUBKEYEXPIREDATE },
{ "Creation-Date", pCREATIONDATE },
{ "Passphrase", pPASSPHRASE },
{ "Preferences", pPREFERENCES },
{ "Revoker", pREVOKER },
{ "Handle", pHANDLE },
{ "Keyserver", pKEYSERVER },
{ "Keygrip", pKEYGRIP },
{ "Key-Grip", pKEYGRIP },
{ "Subkey-grip", pSUBKEYGRIP },
{ "Key-Version", pVERSION },
{ "Subkey-Version", pSUBVERSION },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
IOBUF fp;
byte *line;
unsigned int maxlen, nline;
char *p;
int lnr;
const char *err = NULL;
struct para_data_s *para, *r;
int i;
struct output_control_s outctrl;
memset( &outctrl, 0, sizeof( outctrl ) );
outctrl.pub.afx = new_armor_context ();
if( !fname || !*fname)
fname = "-";
fp = iobuf_open (fname);
if (fp && is_secured_file (iobuf_get_fd (fp)))
{
iobuf_close (fp);
fp = NULL;
gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM);
}
if (!fp) {
log_error (_("can't open '%s': %s\n"), fname, strerror(errno) );
return;
}
iobuf_ioctl (fp, IOBUF_IOCTL_NO_CACHE, 1, NULL);
lnr = 0;
err = NULL;
para = NULL;
maxlen = 1024;
line = NULL;
nline = 0;
while ( iobuf_read_line (fp, &line, &nline, &maxlen) ) {
char *keyword, *value;
lnr++;
if( !maxlen ) {
err = "line too long";
break;
}
for( p = line; isspace(*(byte*)p); p++ )
;
if( !*p || *p == '#' )
continue;
keyword = p;
if( *keyword == '%' ) {
for( ; !isspace(*(byte*)p); p++ )
;
if( *p )
*p++ = 0;
for( ; isspace(*(byte*)p); p++ )
;
value = p;
trim_trailing_ws( value, strlen(value) );
if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%echo" ) )
log_info("%s\n", value );
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%dry-run" ) )
outctrl.dryrun = 1;
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%ask-passphrase" ) )
; /* Dummy for backward compatibility. */
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%no-ask-passphrase" ) )
; /* Dummy for backward compatibility. */
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%no-protection" ) )
outctrl.keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION;
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%transient-key" ) )
outctrl.keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_TRANSIENT_KEY;
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%commit" ) ) {
outctrl.lnr = lnr;
if (proc_parameter_file (ctrl, para, fname, &outctrl, 0 ))
print_status_key_not_created
(get_parameter_value (para, pHANDLE));
release_parameter_list( para );
para = NULL;
}
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%pubring" ) ) {
if( outctrl.pub.fname && !strcmp( outctrl.pub.fname, value ) )
; /* still the same file - ignore it */
else {
xfree( outctrl.pub.newfname );
outctrl.pub.newfname = xstrdup( value );
outctrl.use_files = 1;
}
}
else if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keyword, "%secring" ) ) {
/* Ignore this command. */
}
else
log_info("skipping control '%s' (%s)\n", keyword, value );
continue;
}
if( !(p = strchr( p, ':' )) || p == keyword ) {
err = "missing colon";
break;
}
if( *p )
*p++ = 0;
for( ; isspace(*(byte*)p); p++ )
;
if( !*p ) {
err = "missing argument";
break;
}
value = p;
trim_trailing_ws( value, strlen(value) );
for(i=0; keywords[i].name; i++ ) {
if( !ascii_strcasecmp( keywords[i].name, keyword ) )
break;
}
if( !keywords[i].name ) {
err = "unknown keyword";
break;
}
if( keywords[i].key != pKEYTYPE && !para ) {
err = "parameter block does not start with \"Key-Type\"";
break;
}
if( keywords[i].key == pKEYTYPE && para ) {
outctrl.lnr = lnr;
if (proc_parameter_file (ctrl, para, fname, &outctrl, 0 ))
print_status_key_not_created
(get_parameter_value (para, pHANDLE));
release_parameter_list( para );
para = NULL;
}
else {
for( r = para; r; r = r->next ) {
if( r->key == keywords[i].key )
break;
}
if( r ) {
err = "duplicate keyword";
break;
}
}
if ((keywords[i].key == pVERSION
|| keywords[i].key == pSUBVERSION))
; /* Ignore version. */
else
{
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + strlen( value ) );
r->lnr = lnr;
r->key = keywords[i].key;
strcpy( r->u.value, value );
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
}
if( err )
log_error("%s:%d: %s\n", fname, lnr, err );
else if( iobuf_error (fp) ) {
log_error("%s:%d: read error\n", fname, lnr);
}
else if( para ) {
outctrl.lnr = lnr;
if (proc_parameter_file (ctrl, para, fname, &outctrl, 0 ))
print_status_key_not_created (get_parameter_value (para, pHANDLE));
}
if( outctrl.use_files ) { /* close open streams */
iobuf_close( outctrl.pub.stream );
/* Must invalidate that ugly cache to actually close it. */
if (outctrl.pub.fname)
iobuf_ioctl (NULL, IOBUF_IOCTL_INVALIDATE_CACHE,
0, (char*)outctrl.pub.fname);
xfree( outctrl.pub.fname );
xfree( outctrl.pub.newfname );
}
xfree (line);
release_parameter_list( para );
iobuf_close (fp);
release_armor_context (outctrl.pub.afx);
}
/* Helper for quick_generate_keypair. */
static struct para_data_s *
quickgen_set_para (struct para_data_s *para, int for_subkey,
int algo, int nbits, const char *curve, unsigned int use,
int version, const char *keygrip, u32 keytime)
{
struct para_data_s *r;
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 50);
r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYUSAGE : pKEYUSAGE;
if (use)
snprintf (r->u.value, 30, "%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)? "encr " : "",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)? "sign " : "",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)? "auth " : "",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)? "cert " : "",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC)? "renc " : "",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_TIME)? "time " : "",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_GROUP)?"group ": "");
else
strcpy (r->u.value, for_subkey ? "encr" : "sign");
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYTYPE : pKEYTYPE;
snprintf (r->u.value, 20, "%d", algo);
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (keygrip)
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (keygrip));
r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYGRIP : pKEYGRIP;
strcpy (r->u.value, keygrip);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
else if (curve)
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (curve));
r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYCURVE : pKEYCURVE;
strcpy (r->u.value, curve);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
- else
- {
- r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
- r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYLENGTH : pKEYLENGTH;
- sprintf (r->u.value, "%u", nbits);
- r->next = para;
- para = r;
- }
+
+ /* Always store the size - although not required for ECC it is
+ * required for compiste algos. Should not harm anyway. */
+ r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
+ r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYLENGTH : pKEYLENGTH;
+ sprintf (r->u.value, "%u", nbits);
+ r->next = para;
+ para = r;
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = for_subkey? pSUBVERSION : pVERSION;
snprintf (r->u.value, 20, "%d", version);
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (keytime)
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r);
r->key = for_subkey? pSUBKEYCREATIONDATE : pKEYCREATIONDATE;
r->u.creation = keytime;
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
return para;
}
/*
* Unattended generation of a standard key.
*/
void
quick_generate_keypair (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *uid, const char *algostr,
const char *usagestr, const char *expirestr)
{
gpg_error_t err;
struct para_data_s *para = NULL;
struct para_data_s *r;
struct output_control_s outctrl;
int use_tty;
memset (&outctrl, 0, sizeof outctrl);
use_tty = (!opt.batch && !opt.answer_yes
&& !*algostr && !*usagestr && !*expirestr
&& !cpr_enabled ()
&& gnupg_isatty (fileno (stdin))
&& gnupg_isatty (fileno (stdout))
&& gnupg_isatty (fileno (stderr)));
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (uid));
r->key = pUSERID;
strcpy (r->u.value, uid);
r->next = para;
para = r;
uid = trim_spaces (r->u.value);
if (!*uid || (!opt.allow_freeform_uid && !is_valid_user_id (uid)))
{
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"),
gpg_strerror (GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID));
goto leave;
}
/* If gpg is directly used on the console ask whether a key with the
given user id shall really be created. */
if (use_tty)
{
tty_printf (_("About to create a key for:\n \"%s\"\n\n"), uid);
if (!cpr_get_answer_is_yes_def ("quick_keygen.okay",
_("Continue? (Y/n) "), 1))
goto leave;
}
/* Check whether such a user ID already exists. */
{
KEYDB_HANDLE kdbhd;
KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc;
memset (&desc, 0, sizeof desc);
desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_EXACT;
desc.u.name = uid;
kdbhd = keydb_new (ctrl);
if (!kdbhd)
goto leave;
err = keydb_search (kdbhd, &desc, 1, NULL);
keydb_release (kdbhd);
if (gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND)
{
log_info (_("A key for \"%s\" already exists\n"), uid);
if (opt.answer_yes)
;
else if (!use_tty
|| !cpr_get_answer_is_yes_def ("quick_keygen.force",
_("Create anyway? (y/N) "), 0))
{
write_status_error ("genkey", gpg_error (304));
log_inc_errorcount (); /* we used log_info */
goto leave;
}
log_info (_("creating anyway\n"));
}
}
if (!*expirestr || strcmp (expirestr, "-") == 0)
expirestr = default_expiration_interval;
if ((!*algostr || !ascii_strcasecmp (algostr, "default")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (algostr, "future-default")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (algostr, "futuredefault")
+ || !ascii_strcasecmp (algostr, "pqc")
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (algostr, "card"))
&& (!*usagestr || !ascii_strcasecmp (usagestr, "default")
|| !strcmp (usagestr, "-")))
{
/* Use default key parameters. */
int algo, subalgo, version, subversion;
unsigned int size, subsize;
unsigned int keyuse, subkeyuse;
const char *curve, *subcurve;
char *keygrip, *subkeygrip;
u32 keytime, subkeytime;
err = parse_key_parameter_string (ctrl, algostr, -1, 0,
&algo, &size, &keyuse, &curve, &version,
&keygrip, &keytime,
&subalgo, &subsize, &subkeyuse,
&subcurve, &subversion,
&subkeygrip, &subkeytime);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
para = quickgen_set_para (para, 0, algo, size, curve, keyuse, version,
keygrip, keytime);
if (subalgo)
para = quickgen_set_para (para, 1,
subalgo, subsize, subcurve, subkeyuse,
subversion, subkeygrip, subkeytime);
if (*expirestr)
{
u32 expire;
expire = parse_expire_string (expirestr);
if (expire == (u32)-1 )
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE);
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pKEYEXPIRE;
r->u.expire = expire;
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
xfree (keygrip);
xfree (subkeygrip);
}
else
{
/* Extended unattended mode. Creates only the primary key. */
int algo, version;
unsigned int use;
u32 expire;
unsigned int nbits;
const char *curve;
char *keygrip;
u32 keytime;
err = parse_algo_usage_expire (ctrl, 0, algostr, usagestr, expirestr,
&algo, &use, &expire, &nbits, &curve,
&version, &keygrip, &keytime);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err) );
goto leave;
}
para = quickgen_set_para (para, 0, algo, nbits, curve, use, version,
keygrip, keytime);
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pKEYEXPIRE;
r->u.expire = expire;
r->next = para;
para = r;
xfree (keygrip);
}
/* If the pinentry loopback mode is not and we have a static
passphrase (i.e. set with --passphrase{,-fd,-file} while in batch
mode), we use that passphrase for the new key. */
if (opt.pinentry_mode != PINENTRY_MODE_LOOPBACK
&& have_static_passphrase ())
{
const char *s = get_static_passphrase ();
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (s));
r->key = pPASSPHRASE;
strcpy (r->u.value, s);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
if (!ascii_strcasecmp (algostr, "card")
|| !ascii_strncasecmp (algostr, "card/", 5))
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r);
r->key = pCARDKEY;
r->u.abool = 1;
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
proc_parameter_file (ctrl, para, "[internal]", &outctrl, 0);
leave:
release_parameter_list (para);
}
/*
* Generate a keypair (fname is only used in batch mode) If
* CARD_SERIALNO is not NULL the function will create the keys on an
* OpenPGP Card. If CARD_BACKUP_KEY has been set and CARD_SERIALNO is
* NOT NULL, the encryption key for the card is generated on the host,
* imported to the card and a backup file created by gpg-agent. If
* FULL is not set only the basic prompts are used (except for batch
* mode).
*/
void
generate_keypair (ctrl_t ctrl, int full, const char *fname,
const char *card_serialno, int card_backup_key)
{
gpg_error_t err;
unsigned int nbits;
char *uid = NULL;
int algo;
unsigned int use;
int both = 0;
u32 expire;
struct para_data_s *para = NULL;
struct para_data_s *r;
struct output_control_s outctrl;
#ifndef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT
(void)card_backup_key;
#endif
memset( &outctrl, 0, sizeof( outctrl ) );
if (opt.batch && card_serialno)
{
/* We don't yet support unattended key generation with a card
* serial number. */
log_error (_("can't do this in batch mode\n"));
print_further_info ("key generation with card serial number");
return;
}
if (opt.batch)
{
read_parameter_file (ctrl, fname);
return;
}
if (card_serialno)
{
#ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT
struct agent_card_info_s info;
memset (&info, 0, sizeof (info));
err = agent_scd_getattr ("KEY-ATTR", &info);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("error getting current key info: %s\n"),
gpg_strerror (err));
return;
}
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + strlen (card_serialno) );
r->key = pSERIALNO;
strcpy( r->u.value, card_serialno);
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", info.key_attr[0].algo );
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYUSAGE;
strcpy (r->u.value, "sign");
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pSUBKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", info.key_attr[1].algo );
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pSUBKEYUSAGE;
strcpy (r->u.value, "encrypt");
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (info.key_attr[1].algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA)
{
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pSUBKEYLENGTH;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%u", info.key_attr[1].nbits);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
else if (info.key_attr[1].algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| info.key_attr[1].algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| info.key_attr[1].algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + strlen (info.key_attr[1].curve));
r->key = pSUBKEYCURVE;
strcpy (r->u.value, info.key_attr[1].curve);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pAUTHKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", info.key_attr[2].algo );
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (card_backup_key)
{
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 1);
r->key = pCARDBACKUPKEY;
strcpy (r->u.value, "1");
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
#endif /*ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT*/
}
else if (full) /* Full featured key generation. */
{
int subkey_algo;
char *key_from_hexgrip = NULL;
int cardkey;
u32 keytime;
algo = ask_algo (ctrl, 0, &subkey_algo, &use,
&key_from_hexgrip, &cardkey, &keytime);
if (key_from_hexgrip)
{
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", algo);
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (use)
{
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 25 );
r->key = pKEYUSAGE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%s%s%s",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)? "sign ":"",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)? "encrypt ":"",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)? "auth":"" );
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 40 );
r->key = pKEYGRIP;
strcpy (r->u.value, key_from_hexgrip);
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r);
r->key = pCARDKEY;
r->u.abool = cardkey;
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (cardkey)
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r);
r->key = pKEYCREATIONDATE;
r->u.creation = keytime;
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
xfree (key_from_hexgrip);
}
else
{
const char *curve = NULL;
if (subkey_algo)
{
/* Create primary and subkey at once. */
both = 1;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
curve = ask_curve (&algo, &subkey_algo, NULL);
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", algo);
r->next = para;
para = r;
nbits = 0;
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (curve));
r->key = pKEYCURVE;
strcpy (r->u.value, curve);
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (!strcmp (curve, "X448") || !strcmp (curve, "Ed448"))
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pVERSION;
snprintf (r->u.value, 20, "%d", 5);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
}
else
{
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", algo);
r->next = para;
para = r;
nbits = ask_keysize (algo, 0);
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYLENGTH;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%u", nbits);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYUSAGE;
strcpy( r->u.value, "sign" );
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pSUBKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", subkey_algo);
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pSUBKEYUSAGE;
strcpy( r->u.value, "encrypt" );
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
&& subkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
/* Need to switch to a different curve for the
encryption key. */
if (!strcmp (curve, "Ed25519"))
curve = "Curve25519";
else
{
curve = "X448";
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pSUBVERSION;
snprintf (r->u.value, 20, "%d", 5);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
}
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (curve));
r->key = pSUBKEYCURVE;
strcpy (r->u.value, curve);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
}
else /* Create only a single key. */
{
/* For ECC we need to ask for the curve before storing the
algo because ask_curve may change the algo. */
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
curve = ask_curve (&algo, NULL, NULL);
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + strlen (curve));
r->key = pKEYCURVE;
strcpy (r->u.value, curve);
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (!strcmp (curve, "X448") || !strcmp (curve, "Ed448"))
{
r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pVERSION;
snprintf (r->u.value, 20, "%d", 5);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
}
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = pKEYTYPE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%d", algo );
r->next = para;
para = r;
if (use)
{
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 25 );
r->key = pKEYUSAGE;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%s%s%s",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG)? "sign ":"",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)? "encrypt ":"",
(use & PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH)? "auth":"" );
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
nbits = 0;
}
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
/* The curve has already been set. */
}
else
{
nbits = ask_keysize (both? subkey_algo : algo, nbits);
r = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *r + 20 );
r->key = both? pSUBKEYLENGTH : pKEYLENGTH;
sprintf( r->u.value, "%u", nbits);
r->next = para;
para = r;
}
}
}
else /* Default key generation. */
{
int subalgo, version, subversion;
unsigned int size, subsize;
unsigned int keyuse, subkeyuse;
const char *curve, *subcurve;
char *keygrip, *subkeygrip;
u32 keytime, subkeytime;
tty_printf ( _("Note: Use \"%s %s\""
" for a full featured key generation dialog.\n"),
#if USE_GPG2_HACK
GPG_NAME "2"
#else
GPG_NAME
#endif
, "--full-generate-key" );
err = parse_key_parameter_string (ctrl, NULL, -1, 0,
&algo, &size, &keyuse, &curve, &version,
&keygrip, &keytime,
&subalgo, &subsize,
&subkeyuse, &subcurve, &subversion,
&subkeygrip, &subkeytime);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
return;
}
para = quickgen_set_para (para, 0,
algo, size, curve, keyuse,
version, keygrip, keytime);
if (subalgo)
para = quickgen_set_para (para, 1,
subalgo, subsize, subcurve, subkeyuse,
subversion, subkeygrip, subkeytime);
xfree (keygrip);
xfree (subkeygrip);
}
expire = full? ask_expire_interval (0, NULL)
: parse_expire_string (default_expiration_interval);
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pKEYEXPIRE;
r->u.expire = expire;
r->next = para;
para = r;
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + 20);
r->key = pSUBKEYEXPIRE;
r->u.expire = expire;
r->next = para;
para = r;
uid = ask_user_id (0, full, NULL);
if (!uid)
{
log_error(_("Key generation canceled.\n"));
release_parameter_list( para );
return;
}
r = xcalloc (1, sizeof *r + strlen (uid));
r->key = pUSERID;
strcpy (r->u.value, uid);
r->next = para;
para = r;
proc_parameter_file (ctrl, para, "[internal]", &outctrl, !!card_serialno);
release_parameter_list (para);
}
/* Create and delete a dummy packet to start off a list of kbnodes. */
static void
start_tree(KBNODE *tree)
{
PACKET *pkt;
pkt=xmalloc_clear(sizeof(*pkt));
pkt->pkttype=PKT_NONE;
*tree=new_kbnode(pkt);
delete_kbnode(*tree);
}
/* Write the *protected* secret key to the file. */
static gpg_error_t
card_write_key_to_backup_file (PKT_public_key *sk, const char *backup_dir)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int rc;
char keyid_buffer[2 * 8 + 1];
char name_buffer[50];
char *fname;
IOBUF fp;
mode_t oldmask;
PACKET *pkt = NULL;
format_keyid (pk_keyid (sk), KF_LONG, keyid_buffer, sizeof (keyid_buffer));
snprintf (name_buffer, sizeof name_buffer, "sk_%s.gpg", keyid_buffer);
fname = make_filename (backup_dir, name_buffer, NULL);
/* Note that the umask call is not anymore needed because
iobuf_create now takes care of it. However, it does not harm
and thus we keep it. */
oldmask = umask (077);
if (is_secured_filename (fname))
{
fp = NULL;
gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM);
}
else
fp = iobuf_create (fname, 1);
umask (oldmask);
if (!fp)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
log_error (_("can't create backup file '%s': %s\n"), fname, strerror (errno) );
goto leave;
}
pkt = xcalloc (1, sizeof *pkt);
pkt->pkttype = PKT_SECRET_KEY;
pkt->pkt.secret_key = sk;
rc = build_packet (fp, pkt);
if (rc)
{
log_error ("build packet failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc));
iobuf_cancel (fp);
}
else
{
char *fprbuf;
iobuf_close (fp);
iobuf_ioctl (NULL, IOBUF_IOCTL_INVALIDATE_CACHE, 0, (char*)fname);
log_info (_("Note: backup of card key saved to '%s'\n"), fname);
fprbuf = hexfingerprint (sk, NULL, 0);
if (!fprbuf)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
write_status_text_and_buffer (STATUS_BACKUP_KEY_CREATED, fprbuf,
fname, strlen (fname), 0);
xfree (fprbuf);
}
leave:
xfree (pkt);
xfree (fname);
return err;
}
/* Store key to card and make a backup file in OpenPGP format. */
static gpg_error_t
card_store_key_with_backup (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *sub_psk,
const char *backup_dir)
{
gpg_error_t err;
PKT_public_key *sk;
gnupg_isotime_t timestamp;
char *hexgrip = NULL;
struct agent_card_info_s info;
gcry_cipher_hd_t cipherhd = NULL;
char *cache_nonce = NULL;
void *kek = NULL;
size_t keklen;
char *ecdh_param_str = NULL;
memset (&info, 0, sizeof (info));
sk = copy_public_key (NULL, sub_psk);
if (!sk)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
epoch2isotime (timestamp, (time_t)sk->timestamp);
if (sk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
ecdh_param_str = ecdh_param_str_from_pk (sk);
if (!ecdh_param_str)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
}
err = hexkeygrip_from_pk (sk, &hexgrip);
if (err)
goto leave;
err = agent_scd_getattr ("SERIALNO", &info);
if (err)
goto leave;
err = agent_keytocard (hexgrip, 2, 1, info.serialno,
timestamp, ecdh_param_str);
if (err)
goto leave;
err = agent_keywrap_key (ctrl, 1, &kek, &keklen);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error getting the KEK: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
err = gcry_cipher_open (&cipherhd, GCRY_CIPHER_AES128,
GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_AESWRAP, 0);
if (!err)
err = gcry_cipher_setkey (cipherhd, kek, keklen);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error setting up an encryption context: %s\n",
gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
err = receive_seckey_from_agent (ctrl, cipherhd, 0, 0,
&cache_nonce, hexgrip, sk, NULL);
if (err)
{
log_error ("error getting secret key from agent: %s\n",
gpg_strerror (err));
goto leave;
}
err = card_write_key_to_backup_file (sk, backup_dir);
if (err)
log_error ("writing card key to backup file: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
/* Remove secret key data in agent side. */
agent_scd_learn (NULL, 1);
}
leave:
xfree (info.serialno);
xfree (ecdh_param_str);
xfree (cache_nonce);
gcry_cipher_close (cipherhd);
xfree (kek);
xfree (hexgrip);
free_public_key (sk);
return err;
}
static void
do_generate_keypair (ctrl_t ctrl, struct para_data_s *para,
struct output_control_s *outctrl, int card)
{
gpg_error_t err;
KBNODE pub_root = NULL;
const char *s;
PKT_public_key *pri_psk = NULL;
PKT_public_key *sub_psk = NULL;
struct revocation_key *revkey;
int did_sub = 0;
u32 keytimestamp, subkeytimestamp, authkeytimestamp, signtimestamp;
char *cache_nonce = NULL;
int algo;
u32 expire;
const char *key_from_hexgrip = NULL;
int cardkey;
unsigned int keygen_flags;
unsigned int idx;
int any_adsk = 0;
if (outctrl->dryrun)
{
log_info("dry-run mode - key generation skipped\n");
return;
}
if ( outctrl->use_files )
{
if ( outctrl->pub.newfname )
{
iobuf_close(outctrl->pub.stream);
outctrl->pub.stream = NULL;
if (outctrl->pub.fname)
iobuf_ioctl (NULL, IOBUF_IOCTL_INVALIDATE_CACHE,
0, (char*)outctrl->pub.fname);
xfree( outctrl->pub.fname );
outctrl->pub.fname = outctrl->pub.newfname;
outctrl->pub.newfname = NULL;
if (is_secured_filename (outctrl->pub.fname) )
{
outctrl->pub.stream = NULL;
gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM);
}
else
outctrl->pub.stream = iobuf_create (outctrl->pub.fname, 0);
if (!outctrl->pub.stream)
{
log_error(_("can't create '%s': %s\n"), outctrl->pub.newfname,
strerror(errno) );
return;
}
if (opt.armor)
{
outctrl->pub.afx->what = 1;
push_armor_filter (outctrl->pub.afx, outctrl->pub.stream);
}
}
log_assert( outctrl->pub.stream );
if (opt.verbose)
log_info (_("writing public key to '%s'\n"), outctrl->pub.fname );
}
/* We create the packets as a tree of kbnodes. Because the
structure we create is known in advance we simply generate a
linked list. The first packet is a dummy packet which we flag as
deleted. The very first packet must always be a KEY packet. */
start_tree (&pub_root);
cardkey = get_parameter_bool (para, pCARDKEY);
/* In the case that the keys are created from the card we need to
* take the timestamps from the card. Only in this case a
* pSUBKEYCREATIONDATE or pAUTHKEYCREATIONDATE might be defined and
* then we need to use that so that the fingerprint of the subkey
* also matches the pre-computed and stored one on the card. In
* this case we also use the current time to create the
* self-signatures. */
keytimestamp = get_parameter_u32 (para, pKEYCREATIONDATE);
if (!keytimestamp)
keytimestamp = make_timestamp ();
subkeytimestamp = cardkey? get_parameter_u32 (para, pSUBKEYCREATIONDATE) : 0;
if (!subkeytimestamp)
subkeytimestamp = keytimestamp;
authkeytimestamp = cardkey? get_parameter_u32 (para, pAUTHKEYCREATIONDATE): 0;
if (!authkeytimestamp)
authkeytimestamp = keytimestamp;
signtimestamp = cardkey? make_timestamp () : keytimestamp;
/* log_debug ("XXX: cardkey ..: %d\n", cardkey); */
/* log_debug ("XXX: keytime ..: %s\n", isotimestamp (keytimestamp)); */
/* log_debug ("XXX: subkeytime: %s\n", isotimestamp (subkeytimestamp)); */
/* log_debug ("XXX: authkeytim: %s\n", isotimestamp (authkeytimestamp)); */
/* log_debug ("XXX: signtime .: %s\n", isotimestamp (signtimestamp)); */
/* Fixme: Check that this comment is still valid:
Note that, depending on the backend (i.e. the used scdaemon
version), the card key generation may update TIMESTAMP for each
key. Thus we need to pass TIMESTAMP to all signing function to
make sure that the binding signature is done using the timestamp
of the corresponding (sub)key and not that of the primary key.
An alternative implementation could tell the signing function the
node of the subkey but that is more work than just to pass the
current timestamp. */
algo = get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para, pKEYTYPE, NULL );
expire = get_parameter_u32( para, pKEYEXPIRE );
key_from_hexgrip = get_parameter_value (para, pKEYGRIP);
if (cardkey && !key_from_hexgrip)
BUG ();
keygen_flags = outctrl->keygen_flags;
if (get_parameter_uint (para, pVERSION) == 5)
keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
if (key_from_hexgrip)
err = do_create_from_keygrip (ctrl, algo, key_from_hexgrip, cardkey,
pub_root,
keytimestamp,
expire, 0, &keygen_flags);
else if (!card)
err = do_create (algo,
get_parameter_uint( para, pKEYLENGTH ),
get_parameter_value (para, pKEYCURVE),
pub_root,
keytimestamp,
expire, 0,
&keygen_flags,
get_parameter_passphrase (para),
&cache_nonce, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
else
err = gen_card_key (1, algo,
1, pub_root, &keytimestamp,
expire, &keygen_flags);
/* Get the pointer to the generated public key packet. */
if (!err)
{
pri_psk = pub_root->next->pkt->pkt.public_key;
log_assert (pri_psk);
/* Make sure a few fields are correctly set up before going
further. */
pri_psk->flags.primary = 1;
keyid_from_pk (pri_psk, NULL);
/* We don't use pk_keyid to get keyid, because it also asserts
that main_keyid is set! */
keyid_copy (pri_psk->main_keyid, pri_psk->keyid);
}
/* Write all signatures specifying designated revokers. */
for (idx=0; !err && (revkey = get_parameter_revkey (para, idx)); idx++)
{
err = write_direct_sig (ctrl, pub_root, pri_psk,
revkey, signtimestamp, cache_nonce);
}
if (!err && (s = get_parameter_value (para, pUSERID)))
{
err = write_uid (pub_root, s );
if (!err)
err = write_selfsigs (ctrl, pub_root, pri_psk,
get_parameter_uint (para, pKEYUSAGE),
signtimestamp, cache_nonce);
}
/* Write the auth key to the card before the encryption key. This
is a partial workaround for a PGP bug (as of this writing, all
versions including 8.1), that causes it to try and encrypt to
the most recent subkey regardless of whether that subkey is
actually an encryption type. In this case, the auth key is an
RSA key so it succeeds. */
if (!err && card && get_parameter (para, pAUTHKEYTYPE))
{
err = gen_card_key (3, get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para,
pAUTHKEYTYPE, NULL ),
0, pub_root, &authkeytimestamp, expire,
&keygen_flags);
if (!err)
err = write_keybinding (ctrl, pub_root, pri_psk, NULL,
PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH, signtimestamp, cache_nonce);
}
if (!err && get_parameter (para, pSUBKEYTYPE))
{
int subkey_algo = get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para, pSUBKEYTYPE, NULL);
key_from_hexgrip = get_parameter_value (para, pSUBKEYGRIP);
keygen_flags = outctrl->keygen_flags;
if (get_parameter_uint (para, pSUBVERSION) == 5)
keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
if (key_from_hexgrip)
err = do_create_from_keygrip (ctrl, subkey_algo,
key_from_hexgrip, cardkey,
pub_root, subkeytimestamp,
get_parameter_u32 (para, pSUBKEYEXPIRE),
1, &keygen_flags);
else if (get_parameter_value (para, pCARDBACKUPKEY))
{
int lastmode;
unsigned int mykeygenflags = KEYGEN_FLAG_NO_PROTECTION;
err = agent_set_ephemeral_mode (ctrl, 1, &lastmode);
if (err)
log_error ("error switching to ephemeral mode: %s\n",
gpg_strerror (err));
else
{
err = do_create (subkey_algo,
get_parameter_uint (para, pSUBKEYLENGTH),
get_parameter_value (para, pSUBKEYCURVE),
pub_root,
subkeytimestamp,
get_parameter_u32 (para, pSUBKEYEXPIRE), 1,
&mykeygenflags,
get_parameter_passphrase (para),
&cache_nonce, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
/* Get the pointer to the generated public subkey packet. */
if (!err)
{
kbnode_t node;
for (node = pub_root; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
sub_psk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
log_assert (sub_psk);
err = card_store_key_with_backup (ctrl,
sub_psk, gnupg_homedir ());
}
/* Reset the ephemeral mode as needed. */
if (!lastmode && agent_set_ephemeral_mode (ctrl, 0, NULL))
log_error ("error clearing the ephemeral mode\n");
}
}
else if (!card)
{
err = do_create (subkey_algo,
get_parameter_uint (para, pSUBKEYLENGTH),
get_parameter_value (para, pSUBKEYCURVE),
pub_root,
subkeytimestamp,
get_parameter_u32 (para, pSUBKEYEXPIRE), 1,
&keygen_flags,
get_parameter_passphrase (para),
&cache_nonce, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
if (!err)
{
kbnode_t node;
for (node = pub_root; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
sub_psk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
log_assert (sub_psk);
}
}
else
{
err = gen_card_key (2, subkey_algo, 0, pub_root,
&subkeytimestamp, expire, &keygen_flags);
}
if (!err)
err = write_keybinding (ctrl, pub_root, pri_psk, sub_psk,
get_parameter_uint (para, pSUBKEYUSAGE),
signtimestamp, cache_nonce);
did_sub = 1;
}
/* Get rid of the first empty packet. */
if (!err)
commit_kbnode (&pub_root);
/* Add ADSKs if any are specified. */
if (!err)
{
PKT_public_key *adsk;
for (idx=0; (adsk = get_parameter_adsk (para, idx)); idx++)
{
err = append_adsk_to_key (ctrl, pub_root, adsk);
if (err)
break;
any_adsk++;
}
}
if (!err && outctrl->use_files) /* Direct write to specified files. */
{
err = write_keyblock (outctrl->pub.stream, pub_root);
if (err)
log_error ("can't write public key: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
}
else if (!err) /* Write to the standard keyrings. */
{
KEYDB_HANDLE pub_hd;
pub_hd = keydb_new (ctrl);
if (!pub_hd)
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
else
{
err = keydb_locate_writable (pub_hd);
if (err)
log_error (_("no writable public keyring found: %s\n"),
gpg_strerror (err));
}
if (!err && opt.verbose)
{
log_info (_("writing public key to '%s'\n"),
keydb_get_resource_name (pub_hd));
}
if (!err)
{
err = keydb_insert_keyblock (pub_hd, pub_root);
if (err)
log_error (_("error writing public keyring '%s': %s\n"),
keydb_get_resource_name (pub_hd), gpg_strerror (err));
}
keydb_release (pub_hd);
if (!err)
{
int no_enc_rsa;
PKT_public_key *pk;
no_enc_rsa = ((get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para, pKEYTYPE, NULL)
== PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA)
&& get_parameter_uint (para, pKEYUSAGE)
&& !((get_parameter_uint (para, pKEYUSAGE)
& PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)) );
pk = find_kbnode (pub_root, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)->pkt->pkt.public_key;
if (!opt.flags.no_auto_trust_new_key)
update_ownertrust (ctrl, pk,
((get_ownertrust (ctrl, pk) & ~TRUST_MASK)
| TRUST_ULTIMATE ));
gen_standard_revoke (ctrl, pk, cache_nonce);
if (!opt.batch)
{
tty_printf (_("public and secret key created and signed.\n") );
tty_printf ("\n");
merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, pub_root);
list_keyblock_direct (ctrl, pub_root, 0, 1,
opt.fingerprint || opt.with_fingerprint,
1);
/* Note that we ignore errors from the list function
* because that would only be an additional info. It
* has already been remarked that the key has been
* created. */
}
if (!opt.batch
&& (get_parameter_algo (ctrl, para,
pKEYTYPE, NULL) == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA
|| no_enc_rsa )
&& !get_parameter (para, pSUBKEYTYPE) )
{
tty_printf(_("Note that this key cannot be used for "
"encryption. You may want to use\n"
"the command \"--edit-key\" to generate a "
"subkey for this purpose.\n") );
}
}
}
if (err)
{
if (opt.batch)
log_error ("key generation failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err) );
else
tty_printf (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err) );
write_status_error (card? "card_key_generate":"key_generate", err);
print_status_key_not_created ( get_parameter_value (para, pHANDLE) );
}
else
{
PKT_public_key *pk = find_kbnode (pub_root,
PKT_PUBLIC_KEY)->pkt->pkt.public_key;
print_status_key_created (did_sub? 'B':'P', pk,
get_parameter_value (para, pHANDLE));
es_fflush (es_stdout);
if (any_adsk)
log_info (_("Note: The key has been created with one or more ADSK!\n"));
}
release_kbnode (pub_root);
xfree (cache_nonce);
}
static gpg_error_t
parse_algo_usage_expire (ctrl_t ctrl, int for_subkey,
const char *algostr, const char *usagestr,
const char *expirestr,
int *r_algo, unsigned int *r_usage, u32 *r_expire,
unsigned int *r_nbits, const char **r_curve,
int *r_version, char **r_keygrip, u32 *r_keytime)
{
gpg_error_t err;
int algo;
unsigned int use, nbits;
u32 expire;
int wantuse;
int version = 4;
const char *curve = NULL;
*r_curve = NULL;
if (r_keygrip)
*r_keygrip = NULL;
if (r_keytime)
*r_keytime = 0;
nbits = 0;
/* Parse the algo string. */
if (algostr && *algostr == '&' && strlen (algostr) == 41)
{
/* Take algo from existing key. */
algo = check_keygrip (ctrl, algostr+1);
/* FIXME: We need the curve name as well. */
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
}
err = parse_key_parameter_string (ctrl, algostr, for_subkey? 1 : 0,
usagestr? parse_usagestr (usagestr):0,
&algo, &nbits, &use, &curve, &version,
r_keygrip, r_keytime,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (err)
{
if (r_keygrip)
{
xfree (*r_keygrip);
*r_keygrip = NULL;
}
return err;
}
/* Parse the usage string. */
if (!usagestr || !*usagestr
|| !ascii_strcasecmp (usagestr, "default") || !strcmp (usagestr, "-"))
; /* Keep usage from parse_key_parameter_string. */
else if ((wantuse = parse_usagestr (usagestr)) != -1)
use = wantuse;
else
{
if (r_keygrip)
{
xfree (*r_keygrip);
*r_keygrip = NULL;
}
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE);
}
/* Make sure a primary key has the CERT usage. */
if (!for_subkey)
use |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT;
/* Check that usage is possible. NB: We have the same check in
* parse_key_parameter_string but need it here again in case the
* separate usage value has been given. */
if (/**/((use & (PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG|PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT))
&& !pubkey_get_nsig (algo))
|| ((use & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)
&& !pubkey_get_nenc (algo))
|| (for_subkey && (use & PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT)))
{
if (r_keygrip)
{
xfree (*r_keygrip);
*r_keygrip = NULL;
}
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_WRONG_KEY_USAGE);
}
/* Parse the expire string. */
expire = parse_expire_string (expirestr);
if (expire == (u32)-1 )
{
if (r_keygrip)
{
xfree (*r_keygrip);
*r_keygrip = NULL;
}
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_VALUE);
}
if (curve)
*r_curve = curve;
*r_algo = algo;
*r_usage = use;
*r_expire = expire;
*r_nbits = nbits;
*r_version = version;
return 0;
}
/* Add a new subkey to an existing key. Returns 0 if a new key has
been generated and put into the keyblocks. If any of ALGOSTR,
USAGESTR, or EXPIRESTR is NULL interactive mode is used. */
gpg_error_t
generate_subkeypair (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, const char *algostr,
const char *usagestr, const char *expirestr)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
int interactive;
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *pri_psk = NULL;
PKT_public_key *sub_psk = NULL;
int algo;
unsigned int use;
u32 expire;
unsigned int nbits = 0;
const char *curve = NULL;
u32 cur_time;
char *key_from_hexgrip = NULL;
u32 keytime = 0;
int cardkey = 0;
char *hexgrip = NULL;
char *serialno = NULL;
char *cache_nonce = NULL;
char *passwd_nonce = NULL;
int keygen_flags = 0;
interactive = (!algostr || !usagestr || !expirestr);
/* Break out the primary key. */
node = find_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
if (!node)
{
log_error ("Oops; primary key missing in keyblock!\n");
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_BUG);
goto leave;
}
pri_psk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
cur_time = make_timestamp ();
if (pri_psk->timestamp > cur_time)
{
ulong d = pri_psk->timestamp - cur_time;
log_info ( d==1 ? _("key has been created %lu second "
"in future (time warp or clock problem)\n")
: _("key has been created %lu seconds "
"in future (time warp or clock problem)\n"), d );
if (!opt.ignore_time_conflict)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_TIME_CONFLICT);
goto leave;
}
}
if (pri_psk->version < 4)
{
log_info (_("Note: creating subkeys for v3 keys "
"is not OpenPGP compliant\n"));
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_CONFLICT);
goto leave;
}
err = hexkeygrip_from_pk (pri_psk, &hexgrip);
if (err)
goto leave;
/* FIXME: Right now the primary key won't be a dual key. But this
* will change */
if (agent_get_keyinfo (NULL, hexgrip, &serialno, NULL))
{
if (interactive)
tty_printf (_("Secret parts of primary key are not available.\n"));
else
log_info ( _("Secret parts of primary key are not available.\n"));
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY);
goto leave;
}
if (serialno)
{
if (interactive)
tty_printf (_("Secret parts of primary key are stored on-card.\n"));
else
log_info ( _("Secret parts of primary key are stored on-card.\n"));
}
if (interactive)
{
algo = ask_algo (ctrl, 1, NULL, &use, &key_from_hexgrip, &cardkey,
&keytime);
log_assert (algo);
if (key_from_hexgrip)
nbits = 0;
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH)
{
curve = ask_curve (&algo, NULL, NULL);
if (curve && (!strcmp (curve, "X448") || !strcmp (curve, "Ed448")))
keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
}
else
nbits = ask_keysize (algo, 0);
expire = ask_expire_interval (0, NULL);
if (!cpr_enabled() && !cpr_get_answer_is_yes("keygen.sub.okay",
_("Really create? (y/N) ")))
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_CANCELED);
goto leave;
}
}
else /* Unattended mode. */
{
int version;
err = parse_algo_usage_expire (ctrl, 1, algostr, usagestr, expirestr,
&algo, &use, &expire, &nbits, &curve,
&version, &key_from_hexgrip, &keytime);
if (err)
goto leave;
if (version == 5)
keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
}
/* Verify the passphrase now so that we get a cache item for the
* primary key passphrase. The agent also returns a passphrase
* nonce, which we can use to set the passphrase for the subkey to
* that of the primary key. */
{
char *desc = gpg_format_keydesc (ctrl, pri_psk, FORMAT_KEYDESC_NORMAL, 1);
err = agent_passwd (ctrl, hexgrip, desc, 1 /*=verify*/,
&cache_nonce, &passwd_nonce);
xfree (desc);
if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED
&& gpg_err_source (err) == GPG_ERR_SOURCE_GPGAGENT)
err = 0; /* Very likely that the key is on a card. */
if (err)
goto leave;
}
/* Start creation. */
if (key_from_hexgrip)
{
err = do_create_from_keygrip (ctrl, algo, key_from_hexgrip, cardkey,
keyblock,
keytime? keytime : cur_time,
expire, 1,
&keygen_flags);
}
else
{
const char *passwd;
/* If the pinentry loopback mode is not and we have a static
passphrase (i.e. set with --passphrase{,-fd,-file} while in batch
mode), we use that passphrase for the new subkey. */
if (opt.pinentry_mode != PINENTRY_MODE_LOOPBACK
&& have_static_passphrase ())
passwd = get_static_passphrase ();
else
passwd = NULL;
err = do_create (algo, nbits, curve,
keyblock, cur_time, expire, 1, &keygen_flags,
passwd, &cache_nonce, &passwd_nonce, NULL, NULL);
}
if (err)
goto leave;
/* Get the pointer to the generated public subkey packet. */
for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
sub_psk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
/* Write the binding signature. */
err = write_keybinding (ctrl, keyblock, pri_psk, sub_psk, use, cur_time,
cache_nonce);
if (err)
goto leave;
print_status_key_created ('S', sub_psk, NULL);
leave:
xfree (key_from_hexgrip);
xfree (hexgrip);
xfree (serialno);
xfree (cache_nonce);
xfree (passwd_nonce);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err) );
write_status_error (cardkey? "card_key_generate":"key_generate", err);
print_status_key_not_created ( NULL );
}
return err;
}
#ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT
/* Generate a subkey on a card. */
gpg_error_t
generate_card_subkeypair (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t pub_keyblock,
int keyno, const char *serialno)
{
gpg_error_t err = 0;
kbnode_t node;
PKT_public_key *pri_pk = NULL;
unsigned int use;
u32 expire;
u32 cur_time;
struct para_data_s *para = NULL;
PKT_public_key *sub_pk = NULL;
int algo;
struct agent_card_info_s info;
int keygen_flags = 0; /* FIXME!!! */
log_assert (keyno >= 1 && keyno <= 3);
memset (&info, 0, sizeof (info));
err = agent_scd_getattr ("KEY-ATTR", &info);
if (err)
{
log_error (_("error getting current key info: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err));
return err;
}
algo = info.key_attr[keyno-1].algo;
para = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *para + strlen (serialno) );
if (!para)
{
err = gpg_error_from_syserror ();
goto leave;
}
para->key = pSERIALNO;
strcpy (para->u.value, serialno);
/* Break out the primary secret key */
node = find_kbnode (pub_keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_KEY);
if (!node)
{
log_error ("Oops; public key lost!\n");
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INTERNAL);
goto leave;
}
pri_pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
cur_time = make_timestamp();
if (pri_pk->timestamp > cur_time)
{
ulong d = pri_pk->timestamp - cur_time;
log_info (d==1 ? _("key has been created %lu second "
"in future (time warp or clock problem)\n")
: _("key has been created %lu seconds "
"in future (time warp or clock problem)\n"), d );
if (!opt.ignore_time_conflict)
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_TIME_CONFLICT);
goto leave;
}
}
if (pri_pk->version < 4)
{
log_info (_("Note: creating subkeys for v3 keys "
"is not OpenPGP compliant\n"));
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
goto leave;
}
expire = ask_expire_interval (0, NULL);
if (keyno == 1)
use = PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG;
else if (keyno == 2)
use = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC;
else
use = PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH;
if (!cpr_enabled() && !cpr_get_answer_is_yes("keygen.cardsub.okay",
_("Really create? (y/N) ")))
{
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_CANCELED);
goto leave;
}
/* Note, that depending on the backend, the card key generation may
update CUR_TIME. */
err = gen_card_key (keyno, algo, 0, pub_keyblock, &cur_time, expire,
&keygen_flags);
/* Get the pointer to the generated public subkey packet. */
if (!err)
{
for (node = pub_keyblock; node; node = node->next)
if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)
sub_pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key;
log_assert (sub_pk);
err = write_keybinding (ctrl, pub_keyblock, pri_pk, sub_pk,
use, cur_time, NULL);
}
leave:
if (err)
log_error (_("Key generation failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err) );
else
print_status_key_created ('S', sub_pk, NULL);
release_parameter_list (para);
return err;
}
#endif /* !ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT */
/*
* Write a keyblock to an output stream
*/
static int
write_keyblock( IOBUF out, KBNODE node )
{
for( ; node ; node = node->next )
{
if(!is_deleted_kbnode(node))
{
int rc = build_packet( out, node->pkt );
if( rc )
{
log_error("build_packet(%d) failed: %s\n",
node->pkt->pkttype, gpg_strerror (rc) );
return rc;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Note that timestamp is an in/out arg. */
static gpg_error_t
gen_card_key (int keyno, int algo, int is_primary, kbnode_t pub_root,
u32 *timestamp, u32 expireval, int *keygen_flags)
{
#ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT
gpg_error_t err;
PACKET *pkt;
PKT_public_key *pk;
char keyid[10];
unsigned char *public;
gcry_sexp_t s_key;
snprintf (keyid, DIM(keyid), "OPENPGP.%d", keyno);
pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk );
if (!pk)
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
pkt = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pkt);
if (!pkt)
{
xfree (pk);
return gpg_error_from_syserror ();
}
/* Note: SCD knows the serialnumber, thus there is no point in passing it. */
err = agent_scd_genkey (keyno, 1, timestamp);
/* The code below is not used because we force creation of
* the a card key (3rd arg).
* if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_EEXIST)
* {
* tty_printf ("\n");
* log_error ("WARNING: key does already exists!\n");
* tty_printf ("\n");
* if ( cpr_get_answer_is_yes( "keygen.card.replace_key",
* _("Replace existing key? ")))
* rc = agent_scd_genkey (keyno, 1, timestamp);
* }
*/
if (err)
{
log_error ("key generation failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err));
xfree (pkt);
xfree (pk);
return err;
}
/* Send the READKEY command so that the agent creates a shadow key for
card key. We need to do that now so that we are able to create
the self-signatures. */
err = agent_readkey (NULL, 1, keyid, &public);
if (err)
{
xfree (pkt);
xfree (pk);
return err;
}
err = gcry_sexp_sscan (&s_key, NULL, public,
gcry_sexp_canon_len (public, 0, NULL, NULL));
xfree (public);
if (err)
{
xfree (pkt);
xfree (pk);
return err;
}
/* Force creation of v5 keys for X448. */
if (curve_is_448 (s_key))
*keygen_flags |= KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY;
pk->version = (*keygen_flags & KEYGEN_FLAG_CREATE_V5_KEY)? 5 : 4;
if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA)
err = key_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, "public-key", "ne");
else if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA
|| algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH )
err = ecckey_from_sexp (pk->pkey, s_key, NULL, algo, pk->version);
else
err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_PUBKEY_ALGO);
gcry_sexp_release (s_key);
if (err)
{
log_error ("key_from_sexp failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err) );
free_public_key (pk);
return err;
}
pk->timestamp = *timestamp;
if (expireval)
pk->expiredate = pk->timestamp + expireval;
pk->pubkey_algo = algo;
pkt->pkttype = is_primary ? PKT_PUBLIC_KEY : PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY;
pkt->pkt.public_key = pk;
add_kbnode (pub_root, new_kbnode (pkt));
return 0;
#else
(void)keyno;
(void)is_primary;
(void)pub_root;
(void)timestamp;
(void)expireval;
return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
#endif /*!ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT*/
}

File Metadata

Mime Type
text/x-diff
Expires
Sat, Dec 6, 10:41 PM (1 d, 11 h)
Storage Engine
local-disk
Storage Format
Raw Data
Storage Handle
4b/be/e92dbade62bf7748fff02d124d72

Event Timeline